Download - Finishes Manufacturer's Product Guide

9
FINISHES
MANUFACTURER’S

PRODUCT

GUIDE

FINISHES

MANUFACTURER’S

PRODUCT

GUIDE

DIVISION

** SECTION INFO **

** BOOK CODE ** di914flx ** SECTIONGROUPTYPE ** 011 ** COLUMN COUNT ** 3

TABLE OF CONTENTS

GUIDE SPECIFICATIONSConwed Designscape | Wall Technology

• Sound Absorptive Wall Panels

- Foundations Acoustical Wall Panels

- Rebound Panels

- Resist Acoustical Panels

- Respond® A Series (A100/A200/A300/A400) Acoustical Panels

- Respond® IR Series (IR108/IR308/IR408) Acoustical Panels

- Respond® TK/AC Acoustical Panels

• Sound Absorptive Ceilings

- Access Ceiling System

- Foundations Acoustical Ceiling Panels

- Gridlock Acoustical Ceiling Panels

- New Dimensions Acoustical Ceiling Panels

• Sound Absorptive Clouds

- Respond® Curved Reflective Ceiling Clouds

- Respond® Reflector Ceiling Clouds, Flat

- Skyway™ Ceiling Clouds Type 1

- Skyway™ Ceiling Clouds Type II

• Sound Absorptive Specialty Products

- Loaded Vinyl Acoustical Panels

- Low Frequency Tuner

- Metro Rebound Panels

- Reflective Wall Panels

- Urban Forest

- Wedge Wall Panels

• Sound Absorptive Diffusers

- Omni Plane Diffuser Panel

- Respond® Diffusers: Barrel and Pyramidal

• Sound Absorptive Baffles

- Respond® Baffles: Fold-Up and Back-to-Back

SelectSound™

• SelectSound™ Black Acoustic Board

• SelectSound™ Black Acoustic Blanket

Eurospan® Stretch System

• Eurospan® Ceiling System

- Eurospan® Classic Ceiling System

- Eurospan® EOS Ceiling System

- Eurospan® Translucence Ceiling System

• Eurospan® Wall System

- Eurospan® Acoustical Wall System

Acoustic Insulation

• QuietZone® Acoustic Batts with PureFiber® Technology

RESOURCESConwed Designscape | Wall Technology

• Sound Absorptive Wall Panels Product Data Sheets

- Foundations Acoustical Wall Panels

- Rebound Panels

- Resist Acoustical Panels

- Respond® A Series (A100/A200/A300/A400) Acoustical Panels

- Respond® IR Series (IR108/IR308/IR408) Acoustical Panels

- Respond® TK/AC Acoustical Panels

• Sound Absorptive Ceilings Product Data Sheets


- Foundations Acoustical Ceiling Panels


- New Dimensions Acoustical Ceiling Panels

• Sound Absorptive Clouds Product Data Sheets

- Respond® Curved Reflective Ceiling Clouds

- Respond® Reflector Ceiling Clouds, Flat

- Skyway™ Ceiling Clouds Type 1

- Skyway™ Ceiling Clouds Type II

• Sound Absorptive Specialty Product Data Sheets

- Loaded Vinyl Acoustical Panels

- Low Frequency Tuner

- Metro Rebound Panels

- Reflective Wall Panels

- Urban Forest

- Wedge Wall Panels

• Sound Absorptive Diffusers Product Data Sheets

- Omni Plane Diffuser Panel

- Respond® Diffusers: Barrel and Pyramidal

• Sound Absorptive Baffles Product Data Sheets

- Respond® Baffles: Fold-Up and Back-to-Back

TABLE OF CONTENTS

RESOURCESConwed Designscape | Wall Technology

• Installation Guidelines



- Impaling Clip/Adhesive

- Impaling Clip with Resin Spots

- Respond® Baffles

- Respond® Diffusers

- Splines: Wall and Ceiling

- Wall Panels Adhesive, No Resin

- Z-Bar with Hook and Loop

- Z-Bar to Z-Bar

- Z-Clip to Z-Bar

- Z-Clip to Double Wall Brackets

• Limited Warranty

- Wall and Ceiling Panels Warranty

• Cleaning and Maintenance

- General Cleaning and Maintenance Guide

SelectSound™

• SelectSound™ Black Acoustic Board Product Data Sheet

• SelectSound™ Black Acoustic Blanket Product Data Sheet

Eurospan® Stretch System

• Eurospan® Ceiling System

- Eurospan® Classic Ceiling System Product Data Sheet

- Eurospan® Classic Ceiling System Typical Details

- Eurospan® Classic Fabric Maintenance and Cleaning Guide

- Eurospan® EOS Ceiling System Product Data Sheet

- Eurospan® EOS Fabric Maintenance and Cleaning Guide

• Eurospan® Wall System

- Eurospan® Wall System Product Data Sheet

- Eurospan® Wall System Typical Details

- Eurospan® Wall Fabric Maintenance and Cleaning Guide

Plaster & Gypsum Board Accessories

- Quietzone® Noise Control Batts Product Data Sheet

- QuietZone® Acoustic Sealant Product Data Sheet

- QuietZone® Acoustic Wall Framing Product Data Sheet

• Acoustic Underlayment

- QuietZone Acoustic Floor Mat Product Data Sheet

• Acoustic Insulation

- EcoTouch® Sound Attenuation Batts (SAB) with

PureFiber® Technology Product Data Sheet

- EcoTouch® Fiberglas™ Insulation with PureFiber®

Technology Product Data Sheet

TECHNICAL SERVICESFor technical questions, please call 1-800-GET-PINK® or

1-800-438-7465. Our Technical Service Department is available

to assist Monday through Friday from 8 a.m. – 5 p.m. EST.

HOW TO ORDER LITERATUREIf you need to order literature, please refer to the publication

number associated with a particular publication. If applicable,

these publication numbers can be found at the bottom of the

document near the copyright information. To place an order,

call Owens Corning Customer Response Center at

1-800-GET-PINK® or 1-800-438-7465.

Foundations Acoustical Wall Panels

PROJECT ARCHITECT RESPONSIBILITY: This is a general specification guide, intended to be used by experienced construction professionals, in conjunction with good construction practice and professional judgment. This guide is to aid in the creation of a complete building specification that is to be fully reviewed and edited by the architect of record (specifier). Sections of this guide should be included, edited, or omitted based on the requirements of a specific project. It is the responsibility of both the specifier and the purchaser to determine if a product or system is suitable for its intended use. Neither Owens Corning, nor any of its subsidiary or affiliated companies, assume any responsibility for the content of this specification guide relative to actual projects and specifically disclaim any and all liability for any errors or omissions in design, detail, structural capability, attachment details, shop drawings or other construction related details, whether based upon the information provided by Owens Corning or otherwise.

SECTION 098410 – SOUND ABSORPTIVE WALL PANELS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes: Sound absorptive wall panels.

B. Related Work: The following items are not included in this Section and are specified under the designated Sections:

1. Section 092100 – PLASTER AND GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES for plaster and gypsum board walls and ceilings.

1.2 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer’s product data including certified laboratory test reports and other data required to show compliance with these specifications.

B. Samples: Submit 11-1/2 by 11-1/2 inch samples of representative panel with factory detailed edge, and representative samples of mounting devices.

1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Pre-installation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Division 01.

1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Project Conditions: Protect system components from excessive moisture in shipment, storage, and handling. Deliver in unopened bundles and store in a dry place with adequate air circulation. Do not deliver material to building until wet conditions such as concrete, plaster, paint, and adhesives have been completed and cured to a condition of equilibrium.

1.5 LIMITED WARRANTY

A. Limited Warranty: Provide manufacturer’s standard limited 3-year warranty against manufacturing defects in material or workmanship.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 SOUND ABSORPTIVE WALL PANELS

A. Basis-of-Design: Conwed Designscape | Wall Technology Foundations Acoustical Wall Panels

Foundations Acoustical Wall Panels

1. Construction: Composite core of dimensionally stable rigid fiberglass laminated with 16 - 20 pcf molded glass fiber and covered with a specially formulated fiberglass mat.

2. Core Fiberglass Density: 6 - 7 pcf. 3. Cores laminated with 1/8 inch thick, 16 - 20 pcf molded glass fiber. 4. Recycled Content: For fiberglass, 52 percent pre-consumer and 5 percent post-consumer recycled content. 5. Core Thickness: 7/8 inches. 6. Core Thickness: 1-1/8 inches. 7. Core Thickness: 1-5/8 inches. 8. Core Thickness: 2-1/8 inches. 9. Core Thickness: 3-1/8 inches. 10. Core Thickness: 4-1/8 inches. 11. Width: 24-48 inches and custom. 12. Length: 24-120 inches and custom. 13. Corners: Square. 14. Edge Profile: Square. 15. Edge Profile: Bevel (1/2 inch minimum). 16. Edge Treatment: Resin hardened. 17. Finishes: Acoustically transparent fiberglass mat, applied directly over face and edges of acoustical panels to

provide full finished edge. 18. Corners: Fully tailored. 19. Finish Type and Color: Soft Texture finish, white (can be field-painted). 20. Mounting Type: Adhesive / Resin. 21. Mounting Type: Impaling / Adhesive / Resin. 22. Mounting Type: Lay-in. 23. Mounting Type: Magnet. 24. Mounting Type: Spline. 25. Mounting Type: Velcro. 26. Mounting Type: Panel Clip to Z-Bar. 27. Mounting Type: Panel Clip to Double Wall Clip. 28. Mounting Type: Z-Bar to Z-Bar. 29. Mounting Type: Aluminum Z-Clip. 30. Mounting Type: Panel-Clip / Velcro. 31. Flammability (ASTM E 84): Panel components shall have a Class “A” rating per ASTM E 84. 32. Resistivity To Heat Or Cold: R-factor of 4.16 per inch of thickness. 33. Acoustical Performance: Values below are for panels mounted in accordance with ASTM C 423 (Type D5

Mounting) and vary by panel thickness and finish. a. Noise Reduction Coefficient (NRC) for 1-1/8 inch Thickness: 0.90. b. Noise Reduction Coefficient (NRC) for 2-1/8 inch Thickness: 1.10.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. Verify wet work such as plastering and concrete is complete and dry. Verify building is enclosed and under standard occupancy conditions (60 - 85 degrees F and not more than 70 percent relative humidity) prior to start of installation. Commencement of installation constitutes Installer’s acceptance of surfaces and conditions.

B. Install products in accordance with manufacturer’s written instructions and in proper relationship with adjacent construction, including the following:

1. For adhesive installation to substrate, provide temporary support to prevent panel slippage. Note: Impaling clips are designed to help hold panels in place until adhesive dries..

C. Touch-up, repair or replace damaged units until satisfactory results are obtained.

END OF SECTION

©2014 Owens Corning. All Rights Reserved.

Rebound Panels



PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY




1.2 SUBMITTALS









PART 2 - PRODUCTS


A. Basis-of-Design: Conwed Designscape | Wall Technology Rebound Panels

1. Construction: Composite core of dimensionally stable rigid fiberglass.

Rebound Panels

2. Core Fiberglass Density: 6 - 7 pcf. 3. Cores laminated with 1/16 inch thick, resilient perforated co-polymer face sheet. 4. Recycled Content: For fiberglass, 52 percent pre-consumer and 5 percent post-consumer recycled content. 5. Core Thickness: 1-1/16 inches. 6. Core Thickness: 1-9/16 inches. 7. Core Thickness: 2-1/16 inches. 8. Width: 24-48 inches and custom widths up to 53 inches. 9. Length: 24-120 inches and custom. 10. Corners: Square. 11. Corners: Radiused. 12. Edge Profile: Square. 13. Edge Profile: Miter for corner conditions. 14. Edge Treatment: Resin hardened. 15. Edge Treatment: Aluminum for square edge only. 16. Edge Treatment: High-pressure laminate, for square edge only. 17. Corners: Fully tailored. 18. Finish: Manufacturer, type and color as selected. 19. Mounting Type: Adhesive / Resin. 20. Mounting Type: Adhesive No Resin. 21. Mounting Type: Impaling / Adhesive. 22. Mounting Type: Lay-in. 23. Mounting Type: Magnet. 24. Mounting Type: Spline. 25. Mounting Type: Velcro. 26. Mounting Type: Panel Clip to Z-Bar. 27. Mounting Type: Panel Clip to Double Wall Clip. 28. Mounting Type: Z-Bar to Z-Bar. 29. Mounting Type: Aluminum Z-Clip. 30. Mounting Type: Panel-Clip / Velcro. 31. Flammability (ASTM E 84): Panel components shall have a Class “A” rating per ASTM E 84. 32. Resistivity To Heat Or Cold: R-factor of 4.16 per inch of thickness. 33. Acoustical Performance: Values below are for panels mounted in accordance with ASTM C 423 (Type D5

Mounting) and vary by panel thickness and finish. a. Noise Reduction Coefficient (NRC) for 1-1/16 inch Thickness: 0.85.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION



1. For adhesive installation to substrate, provide temporary support to prevent panel slippage. Note: Impaling clips are designed to help hold panels in place until adhesive dries.


END OF SECTION


Resist Acoustical Panels



PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY




1.2 SUBMITTALS









PART 2 - PRODUCTS


A. Basis-of-Design: Conwed Designscape | Wall Technology Resist Acoustical Panels.


Resist Acoustical Panels

2. Core Fiberglass Density: 6 pcf. 3. Core Thickness: 1-1/8 inches. 4. Core Thickness: 2-1/8 inches. 5. Width: 24-48 inches and custom. 6. Length: 24-120 inches and custom. 7. Corners: Square. 8. Corners: Radiused. 9. Edge Profile: Square. 10. Edge Profile: Half-bevel. 11. Edge Profile: Full-bevel. 12. Edge Profile: Miter. 13. Edge Treatment: Edges un-hardened. 14. Edge Treatment: Resin hardened. 15. Corners: Fully tailored. 16. Finish: Manufacturer, pattern and color as selected; applied directly over face and edges of panel and returned

to back of panel to provide full finished edge; corners fully tailored. 17. Classic Resist Panel Finish: Whispertex Plisse fabric for nominal 1-1/8 inch and 2-1/8 inch thickness. 18. Mounting Type: Adhesive / Resin. 19. Mounting Type: Adhesive No Resin. 20. Mounting Type: Impaling / Adhesive. 21. Mounting Type: Lay-in. 22. Mounting Type: Magnet. 23. Mounting Type: Spline. 24. Mounting Type: Velcro. 25. Mounting Type: Panel Clip to Z-Bar. 26. Mounting Type: Panel Clip to Double Wall Clip. 27. Mounting Type: Z-Bar to Z-Bar. 28. Mounting Type: Aluminum Z-Clip. 29. Mounting Type: Panel Clip / Velcro. 30. Flammability (ASTM E 84): Panel components shall have a Class “A” rating per ASTM E 84. 31. Resistivity To Heat Or Cold: R-factor of 4.16 per inch of thickness. 32. Acoustical Performance: Values below are for panels mounted in accordance with ASTM C 423 (Type D5

Mounting) and vary by panel thickness and finish. a. Noise Reduction Coefficient (NRC) for 1-1/8 inch Thickness: 0.85.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION





END OF SECTION


Respond® A100 Series Acoustical Panels

PROJECT ARCHITECT RESPONSIBILITY: This is a general specification guide, intended to be used by experienced construction professionals, in conjunction with good construction practice and professional judgment. This guide is to aid in the creation of a complete building specification that is to be fully reviewed and edited by the architect of record (specifier). Sections of this guide should be included, edited, or omitted based on the requirements of a specific project. It is the responsibility of both the specifier and the purchaser to determine if a product or system is suitable for its intended use. Neither Owens Corning, nor any of its subsid-iary or affiliated companies, assume any responsibility for the content of this specification guide relative to actual projects and spe-cifically disclaim any and all liability for any errors or omissions in design, detail, structural capability, attachment details, shop draw-ings or other construction related details, whether based upon the information provided by Owens Corning or otherwise.


PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY




1.2 SUBMITTALS









PART 2 - PRODUCTS


A. Basis-of-Design: Conwed Designscape | Wall Technology Respond® A100 Series Acoustical Panels

1. Construction: Composite core of dimensionally stable rigid fiberglass. 2. Fiberglass Density: 6 - 7 pcf. 3. Recycled Content: For fiberglass, 52 percent pre-consumer and 5 percent post-consumer recycled content. 4. Core Thickness: 1/2 inch. 5. Core Thickness: 3/4 inch. 6. Core Thickness: 1 inch. 7. Core Thickness: 1-1/2 inches. 8. Core Thickness: 2 inches.

Respond® A100 Series Acoustical Panels

9. Core Thickness: 3 inches. 10. Core Thickness: 4 inches. 11. Width: 24-48 inches. 12. Length: 24-120 inches. 13. Corners: Square. 14. Corners: Radiused. 15. Edge Profile: Square. 16. Edge Profile: Radius. 17. Edge Profile: Half-bevel. 18. Edge Profile: Full-bevel. 19. Edge Profile: Miter for corner conditions. 20. Edge Treatment: Resin hardened. 21. Edge Treatment: Aluminum for square edge only. 22. Edge Treatment: High-pressure laminate, for square edge only. 23. Fabric Finish: Manufacturer, pattern and color as selected; applied directly over face and edges of panels to

provide full finished edge, fully tailored corners. 24. Mounting Type: Adhesive / Resin. 25. Mounting Type: Adhesive No Resin. 26. Mounting Type: Impaling / Adhesive. 27. Mounting Type: Lay-in. 28. Mounting Type: Magnet. 29. Mounting Type: Spline. 30. Mounting Type: Velcro. 31. Mounting Type: Panel Clip to Z-Bar. 32. Mounting Type: Panel Clip to Double Wall Clip. 33. Mounting Type: Z-Bar to Z-Bar. 34. Mounting Type: Aluminum Z-Clip. 35. Mounting Type: Panel Clip / Velcro. 36. Flammability (ASTM E 84): Panel components shall have a Class “A” rating per ASTM E 84. 37. Resistivity To Heat Or Cold: R-factor of 4.16 per inch of thickness. 38. Acoustical Performance: Values below are for panels mounted in accordance with ASTM C 423 (Type D5

Mounting) and vary by panel thickness and finish. a. Noise Reduction Coefficient (NRC) for 1/2 inch thickness: 0.55. b. Noise Reduction Coefficient (NRC) for 3/4 inch Thickness: 0.70. c. Noise Reduction Coefficient (NRC) for 1 inch Thickness: 0.80. d. Noise Reduction Coefficient (NRC) for 1-1/2 inch Thickness: 0.95. e. Noise Reduction Coefficient (NRC) for 2 inch Thickness: 1.05. f. Noise Reduction Coefficient (NRC) for 3 inch Thickness: 1.10.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION





END OF SECTION


Respond® IR108 Series Acoustical Panels



PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY




1.2 SUBMITTALS









PART 2 - PRODUCTS


A. Basis-of-Design: Conwed Designscape | Wall Technology Respond® IR108 Series Acoustical Panels

1. Construction: Composite core of dimensionally stable rigid fiberglass, laminated with impact resistant 16-20 pcf molded glass fiber.

2. Core Fiberglass Density: 6 - 7 pcf. 3. Cores laminated with 1/8 inch layer of 16 - 20 pcf molded glass fiber. 4. Recycled Content: For fiberglass, 52 percent pre-consumer and 5 percent post-consumer recycled content. 5. Core Thickness: 5/8 inch. 6. Core Thickness: 7/8 inches. 7. Core Thickness: 1-1/8 inches. 8. Core Thickness: 1-5/8 inch. 9. Core Thickness: 2-1/8 inch.

Respond® IR108 Series Acoustical Panels

10. Core Thickness: 3-1/8 inches. 11. Core Thickness: 4-1/8 inches. 12. Manufacturing Tolerances: Standard +/- 1/16 inch for width and length. 13. Width: 24-60 inches and custom. 14. Length: 24-120 inches and custom. 15. Corners: Square. 16. Corners: Radiused. 17. Edge Profile: Square. 18. Edge Profile: Radius. 19. Edge Profile: Half-bevel. 20. Edge Profile: Full-bevel. 21. Edge Profile: Miter for corner conditions. 22. Edge Treatment: Resin hardened. 23. Edge Treatment: Aluminum. 24. Edge Treatment: High-pressure laminate, for square edge only. 25. Edge Treatment: Wood. 26. Fabric Finish: Manufacturer, pattern and color as selected; applied directly over face and edges of panels to

provide full finished edge, fully tailored corners. 27. Mounting Type: Adhesive / Resin. 28. Mounting Type: Adhesive No Resin. 29. Mounting Type: Impaling / Adhesive. 30. Mounting Type: Lay-in. 31. Mounting Type: Magnet. 32. Mounting Type: Spline. 33. Mounting Type: Velcro. 34. Mounting Type: Panel Clip to Z-Bar. 35. Mounting Type: Panel Clip to Double Wall Clip. 36. Mounting Type: Z-Bar to Z-Bar. 37. Mounting Type: Aluminum Z-Clip. 38. Mounting Type: Panel-Clip / Velcro. 39. Flammability (ASTM E 84): Panel components shall have a Class “A” rating per ASTM E 84. 40. Resistivity To Heat Or Cold: R-factor of 4.16 per inch of thickness. 41. Acoustical Performance: Values below are for panels mounted in accordance with ASTM C 423 (Type F5

Mounting) and vary by panel thickness and finish. a. Noise Reduction Coefficient (NRC) for 5/8 inch Thickness: 0.70. b. Noise Reduction Coefficient (NRC) for 7/8 inch Thickness: 0.80. c. Noise Reduction Coefficient (NRC) for 1-1/8 inch Thickness: 0.90. d. Noise Reduction Coefficient (NRC) for 1-5/8 inch Thickness: 1.00. e. Noise Reduction Coefficient (NRC) for 2-1/8 inch Thickness: 1.05. f. Noise Reduction Coefficient (NRC) for 3-1/8 inch Thickness: 1.05.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION





END OF SECTION


Respond® TK/AC Acoustical Panels



PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY




1.2 SUBMITTALS









PART 2 - PRODUCTS


A. Basis-of-Design: Conwed Designscape | Wall Technology Respond® TK/AC Acoustical Panels

1. Construction: Single core of dimensionally stable mineral fiber board.

Respond® TK/AC Acoustical Panels

2. Core Mineral Fiber Density: 16.8 pcf and 22 pcf. 3. Core Materials: Maximum 0.1 percent hygrometric expansion from 50 - 90 percent RH. 4. Recycled Content: For mineral fiber board, 50 percent total; 32 percent pre-consumer recycled content, 18

percent post-consumer recycled content. 5. Core Thickness and Density: 5/8 inch, 22 pcf. 6. Core Thickness and Density: 1/2 inch, 16.8 pcf. 7. Manufacturing Tolerances: Standard +/- 1/16 inch for width and length. 8. Width: 24-48 inches and custom. 9. Length: 24-120 inches and custom. 10. Edge Profile: Square. 11. Edge Profile: Radius. 12. Edge Profile: Half-bevel. 13. Edge Profile: Miter. 14. Edge Profile: Kerf. 15. Corners: Square. 16. Corners: Radiused. 17. Corners: Fully tailored. 18. Finish: Manufacturer, pattern and color as selected; applied directly over face and edges of panel and returned

to back of panel to provide full finished edge; corners fully tailored. 19. Mounting Type: Adhesive / Resin (perimeter adhesive). 20. Mounting Type: Concealed spline. 21. Mounting Type: Velcro. 22. Mounting Type: Z-Clip Plates and Wall Bars. 23. Flammability (ASTM E 84): Panel components shall have a Class “A” rating per ASTM E 84. 24. Acoustical Performance: Values below are for panels mounted in accordance with ASTM C 423 (Type D5

Mounting) and vary by panel thickness and finish. a. Noise Reduction Coefficient (NRC): Based on manufacturer’s typical data.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION





END OF SECTION


Access Ceiling System


SECTION 098410 – SOUND ABSORPTIVE CEILINGS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes: Sound absorptive ceilings.



1.2 SUBMITTALS









PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 SOUND ABSORPTIVE CEILINGS

A. Basis-of-Design: Conwed Designscape | Wall Technology Access Ceiling

Access Ceiling System

1. Core Fiberglass Density: 6 - 7 pcf. 2. Core laminated with 1/8 inch, 16 - 20 pcf molded glass fiber. 3. Recycled Content: For fiberglass, 52 percent pre-consumer and 5 percent post-consumer recycled content. 4. Assembly Accessories: Access or Conceil grid system. 5. Core Thickness: 1-1/8 inches. 6. Flat Panels, Width: 48-60 inches. 7. Flat Panels, Length: 24-144 inches. 8. Edge Profile: Slightly beveled to create 1/8 inch reveal. 9. Edge Profile: 4 inch integral returned edges. 10. Edge Profile: 6 inch integral returned edges. 11. Finish Type and Color: Soft Texture finish, white. 12. Finish Type and Color: Subtle Texture finish, black, over acoustically transparent membrane. 13. Finish Type and Color: Custom Paint Color. 14. Fabric Finish: _______________. (for optional fabric finish, specify manufacturer, type, pattern and color) 15. Mounting Type: Torsion spring mounting, extruded aluminum grid mains and V-shaped spacer bars. 16. Flammability (ASTM E 84): Panel components shall have a Class “A” rating per ASTM E 84. 17. Resistivity To Heat Or Cold: R-factor of 4.16 per inch of thickness. 18. Acoustical Performance: Values below are for panels mounted in accordance with ASTM C 423 (Type E400

Mounting) and vary by panel finish. a. Noise Reduction Coefficient (NRC) for 1-1/8 inch Thickness: 0.90.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION





END OF SECTION


Foundations Ceiling Panels



PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY




1.2 SUBMITTALS







1.5 LIMTIED WARRANTY


PART 2 - PRODUCTS


A. Basis-of-Design: Conwed Designscape | Wall Technology Respond® Foundations Acoustical Ceiling Panels.

Foundations Ceiling Panels

1. Core Fiberglass Density: 6 - 7 pcf. 2. Core laminated with 1/8 inch, 16 - 20 pcf molded glass fiber. 3. Assembly Accessories: Provide optional kerfs/splines for abutting square-edge panels. 4. Recycled Content: For fiberglass, 52 percent pre-consumer and 5 percent post-consumer recycled content. 5. Core Thickness: 1-1/8 inches. 6. Core Thickness: 1-5/8 inches. 7. Core Thickness: 2-1/8 inches. 8. Core Thickness: 3-1/8 inches. 9. Core Thickness: 4-1/8 inches. 10. Width: 24-48 inches. 11. Length: 24-120 inches. 12. Corners: Square. 13. Edge Profile: Square. 14. Edge Profile: Full bevel. 15. Edge Profile: Half-bevel. 16. Edge Treatment: Resin hardened. 17. Corners: Fully tailored. 18. Finish Type and Color: Soft Texture finish, white. 19. Mounting Type: Lay-in. 20. Mounting Type: Z-Bar to Z-Bar. 21. Flammability (ASTM E 84): Panel components shall have a Class “A” rating per ASTM E 84. 22. Resistivity To Heat Or Cold: R-factor of 4.16 per inch of thickness. 23. Acoustical Performance: Values below are for panels mounted in accordance with ASTM C 423 (Type E400


PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION





END OF SECTION


Gridlock Ceiling Panels



PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY




1.2 SUBMITTALS









PART 2 - PRODUCTS


A. Basis-of-Design: Conwed Designscape | Wall Technology Respond® Gridlock Acoustical Ceiling

Gridlock Ceiling Panels

1. Core Fiberglass Density: 6 - 7 pcf. Optionally laminated cores with 1/8 inch thick. 16 – 20 pcf molded fiberglass / High Impact facer.

2. Recycled Content: For fiberglass, 52 percent pre-consumer and 5 percent post-consumer recycled content. 3. Edge Treatment: Resin hardened. 4. Core Thickness and Edge: 1 inch thick, square edge profile. 5. Core Thickness and Edge: 1-1/8 inches thick, square edge profile, High Impact facer. 6. Core Thickness and Edge: 1-1/2 inches thick, square edge profile. 7. Core Thickness and Edge: 1-5/8 inches thick, square edge profile, High Impact facer. 8. Core Thickness and Edge: 2 inches, square edge profile. 9. Core Thickness and Edge: 2-1/8 inches, square edge profile, High Impact facer. 10. Width: 24-30 inches. 11. Length: 24-60 inches, and custom. 12. Finish Type and Color: Soft Texture finish, white. 13. Finish Type and Color: Subtle Texture finish, over acoustically transparent membrane, standard white. 14. Fabric Finish: _______________. (for optional fabric finish, specify manufacturer, type, pattern and color) 15. Mounting: Lift-and-shift Gridlock. 16. Flammability (ASTM E 84): Panel components shall have a Class “A” rating per ASTM E 84. 17. Resistivity To Heat Or Cold: R-factor of 4.16 per inch of thickness. 18. Acoustical Performance: Values below are for panels mounted in accordance with ASTM C 423 (Type E400

Mounting) and vary by panel thickness and finish. a. Noise Reduction Coefficient (NRC): Per manufacturer’s data.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION





END OF SECTION


New Dimensions Ceiling Panels



PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY




1.2 SUBMITTALS









PART 2 - PRODUCTS


A. Basis-of-Design: Conwed Designscape | Wall Technology New Dimensions Acoustical Ceiling Panels.

1. Core Fiberglass Density: 6 - 7 pcf.

New Dimensions Ceiling Panels

2. Core laminated with 1/8 inch, 16 - 20 pcf molded glass fiber. 3. Assembly Accessories: Provide optional kerfs/splines for abutting square-edge panels. 4. Recycled Content: For fiberglass, 52 percent pre-consumer and 5 percent post-consumer recycled content. 5. Core Thickness: 1-1/8 inches. 6. Core Thickness: 1-5/8 inches. 7. Core Thickness: 2-1/8 inches. 8. Core Thickness: 3-1/8 inches. 9. Core Thickness: 4-1/8 inches. 10. Width: 24-48 inches. 11. Length: 24-120 inches. 12. Corners: Square. 13. Edge Profile: Square. 14. Edge Profile: Full bevel. 15. Edge Profile: Half-bevel. 16. Edge Treatment: Resin hardened. 17. Corners: Fully tailored. 18. Finish Type and Color: Soft Texture finish, white. Standard. 19. Finish Type and Color: Custom Paint Colors. 20. Mounting Type: Lay-in. 21. Mounting Type: Z-Bar to Z-Bar. 22. Flammability (ASTM E 84): Panel components shall have a Class “A” rating per ASTM E 84. 23. Resistivity To Heat Or Cold: R-factor of 4.16 per inch of thickness. 24. Acoustical Performance: Values below are for panels mounted in accordance with ASTM C 423 (Type E400


PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION





END OF SECTION


Respond® Curved Reflective Ceiling Clouds



PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY




1.2 SUBMITTALS









PART 2 - PRODUCTS


A. Basis-of-Design: Conwed Designscape | Wall Technology Respond® Curved Reflective Ceiling Clouds

Respond® Curved Reflective Ceiling Clouds

1. Construction: Acoustical Panels shall be constructed of medium density overlay (MDO) plywood or Medium Density Fiberboard (MDF) backed by 1 inch x 1 inch pre-curved metal ribs.

2. Thickness: 3/4 inch. 3. Assembly Accessories: Joining plates for abutting panels for use with proprietary joining and leveling system. 4. Width: 24-48 inches and custom. 5. Length: 24-120 inches and custom. 6. Corners: Square. 7. Corners: Radius. 8. Edge Profile: Square. 9. Finish, Gel-Coat: Manufacturer, pattern and color as selected; gel-coat applied directly over face and edges of

panel. 10. Finish, Fabric: Manufacturer, pattern and color as selected; fabric returned to back of panel to provide full

finished edge; corners fully tailored. 11. Mounting Type: Standard, direct attachment to exposed metal frame with self-drilling acoustical hangers. 12. Acoustical Performance: Values below are for panels mounted in accordance with ASTM C 423 (Type D5

Mounting) and vary by panel thickness and finish. a. Noise Reduction Coefficient (NRC): Per manufacturer’s data.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION





END OF SECTION


Respond® Reflector Ceiling Clouds, Flat



PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY




1.2 SUBMITTALS









PART 2 - PRODUCTS


A. Basis-of-Design: Conwed Designscape | Wall Technology Respond® Reflector Ceiling Clouds, Flat

1. Construction: Medium density overlay (MDO) plywood or Medium Density Fiberboard (MDF).

Respond® Reflector Ceiling Clouds, Flat

2. Recycled Content: For fiberglass, 52 percent pre-consumer and 5 percent post-consumer recycled content. 3. Medium Density Overlay (MDO) Thickness: 1/2 inch. 4. Medium Density Overlay (MDO) Thickness: 3/4 inch. 5. Backing Thickness: 1 inch. 6. Backing Thickness: 1-1/2 inches. 7. Backing Thickness: 2 inches. 8. Backing Thickness: Custom. 9. Width: 24-48 inches and custom. 10. Length: 24-120 inches and custom. 11. Corners: Square. 12. Corners: Radius. 13. Edge Profile: Square. 14. Edge Profile: 1/2 inch bevel. 15. Finish: Manufacturer, pattern and color as selected; gel-coat applied directly over face and edges of panel and

returned to back of panel to provide full finished edge; corners are fully tailored. 16. Mounting Type for Flat Reflectors: Standard, cloud angle.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION





END OF SECTION


Skyway™ Ceiling Clouds Type I & II



PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY




1.2 SUBMITTALS









PART 2 - PRODUCTS


A. Basis-of-Design: Conwed Designscape | Wall Technology Skyway™ Ceiling Clouds


Skyway™ Ceiling Clouds Type I & II

2. Core Fiberglass Density: 6 - 7 pcf. 3. Recycled Content: For fiberglass, 52 percent pre-consumer and 5 percent post-consumer recycled content. 4. Fiberglass Facings: 1/8 inch thick layer of 16 - 20 pcf molded fiberglass on face and back. 5. Core Thickness: 1-1/4 inch. 6. Core Thickness: 2-1/4 inches. 7. Width: 24-48 inches and custom. 8. Length: 24-120 inches and custom. 9. Corners: Square. 10. Edges: Square. 11. Finish Type and Color: Soft Texture White. 12. Finish Type and Color: Foundations White 13. Finish Type and Color: Subtle Texture White or Custom. 14. Finish Type and Color: New Dimensions White or Custom. 15. Edge Treatment: Resin hardened. 16. Finish: Manufacturer, pattern and color as selected: applied directly over face and edges of panel and returned

to back of panel to provide full finished edge; corners fully tailored. 17. Mounting Type: Standard, direct attachment to resin spots with self-drilling acoustical hangers or grid (by

others). 18. Flammability (ASTM E 84): Panel components shall have a Class “A” rating per ASTM E 84. 19. Resistivity To Heat Or Cold: R-factor of 4.16 per inch of thickness. 20. Acoustical Performance: Values below are for panels mounted in accordance with ASTM C 423 (Type D5

Mounting) and vary by panel thickness and finish a. Noise Reduction Coefficient (NRC) for 1-1/8 inch thickness: 0.90. b. Noise Reduction Coefficient (NRC) for 2-1/8 inch thickness: 1.10.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION





END OF SECTION


Loaded Vinyl Panels



PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY




1.2 SUBMITTALS









PART 2 - PRODUCTS


A. Basis-of-Design: Conwed Designscape | Wall Technology Loaded Vinyl Panels

Loaded Vinyl Panels

1. Construction: Composite core construction of dimensionally stable rigid fiberglass backed by 1/8 inch loaded vinyl barrier, fully adhered to fiberglass.

2. Core Fiberglass Density: 6 - 7 pcf. 3. Provide optionally laminated cores with 1/8 inch thick, 16 - 20 pcf molded fiberglass. 4. Recycled Content: For fiberglass, 52 percent pre-consumer and 5 percent post-consumer recycled content. 5. Core Thickness: 7/8 inch. 6. Core Thickness: 1 inch with High Impact facer. 7. Core Thickness: 1-1/8 inches. 8. Core Thickness: 1-1/4 inches with High Impact facer.. 9. Core Thickness: 1-5/8 inches. 10. Core Thickness: 1-3/4 inches with High Impact facer.. 11. Core Thickness: 2-1/2 inches. 12. Core Thickness: 2-3/8 inches with High Impact facer.. 13. Width: 24-47 inches and custom. 14. Length: 24-120 inches and custom. 15. Corners: Square. 16. Edge Profile: Square. 17. Edge Profile: Radius. 18. Edge Profile: Half-bevel. 19. Edge Profile: Full-bevel. 20. Edge Profile: Miter for corner conditions. 21. Edge Treatment: Resin hardened. 22. Edge Treatment: Aluminum for square edge only. 23. Edge Treatment: High-pressure laminate, for square edge only. 24. Fabric Finish: Manufacturer, pattern and color as selected; applied directly over face and edges of panels to

provide full finished edge, fully tailored corners. 25. Mounting Type: Perimeter adhesive. 26. Mounting Type: Panel clip. 27. Mounting Type: Concealed splines for walls. 28. Mounting Type: Z-Bar to Z-Bar. 29. Flammability (ASTM E 84): Panel components shall have a Class “A” rating per ASTM E 84. 30. Resistivity To Heat Or Cold: R-factor of 4.16 per inch of thickness. 31. Acoustical Performance: Values below are for panels mounted in accordance with ASTM C 423 (Type D5

Mounting) and vary by panel thickness and finish. a. Noise Reduction Coefficient (NRC): Per manufacturer’s data. b. Sound Transmission Coefficient (STC): 27 for loaded vinyl.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION





END OF SECTION


Low Frequency Tuner Panels


SECTION 098410 – SOUND ABSORPTIVE SPECIALTY PRODUCTS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes: Low frequency tuner panels.



1.2 SUBMITTALS









PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 LOW FREQUENCY TUNER PANELS

A. Basis-of-Design: Conwed Designscape | Wall Technology Respond® Low Frequency Tuner Panels

Low Frequency Tuner Panels

1. Construction: Composite core of dimensionally stable rigid fiberglass laminated to an unperforated vinyl member that allows selective acoustical transparency.

2. Core Fiberglass Density: 6 - 7 pcf. 3. Thickness: 2 inches. 4. Recycled Content: For fiberglass, 52 percent pre-consumer and 5 percent post-consumer recycled content. 5. Core Thickness: 2 inches. 6. Width: 24-48 inches and custom. 7. Length: 24-120 inches and custom. 8. Corners: Square. 9. Corners: Radiused. 10. Edge Profile: Square. 11. Edge Profile: Radius. 12. Edge Profile: Half-bevel. 13. Edge Profile: Full-bevel. 14. Edge Profile: Miter, for corner conditions. 15. Edge Treatment: Resin hardened. 16. Edge Treatment: Aluminum for square edge only. 17. Edge Treatment: High-pressure laminate, for square edge only. 18. Fabric Finish: Manufacturer, pattern and color as selected; applied directly over face and edges of panels to

provide full finished edge, fully tailored corners. 19. Mounting Type: Adhesive / Resin. 20. Mounting Type: Adhesive No Resin. 21. Mounting Type: Impaling / Adhesive. 22. Mounting Type: Lay-in. 23. Mounting Type: Magnet. 24. Mounting Type: Spline. 25. Mounting Type: Velcro. 26. Mounting Type: Panel-Clip to Z-Bar. 27. Mounting Type: Panel-Clip to Double Wall Clip. 28. Mounting Type: Z-Bar to Z-Bar. 29. Mounting Type: Aluminum Z-Clip. 30. Mounting Type: Panel Clip / Velcro. 31. Flammability (ASTM E 84): Panel components shall have a Class “A” rating per ASTM E 84. 32. Resistivity To Heat Or Cold: R-factor of 4.16 per inch of thickness. 33. Acoustical Performance: Values below are for panels mounted in accordance with ASTM C 423 (Type D5

Mounting) and vary by panel thickness and finish. a. Noise Reduction Coefficient (NRC): No less than 0.30, no greater than 0.40.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION





END OF SECTION


Metro Rebound Panels



PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY




1.2 SUBMITTALS









PART 2 - PRODUCTS


A. Basis-of-Design: Conwed Designscape | Wall Technology Metro Rebound Panels


Metro Rebound Panels

2. Core Fiberglass Density: 6 - 7 pcf. 3. Recycled Content: For fiberglass, 52 percent pre-consumer and 5 percent post-consumer recycled content. 4. Core laminated with 1/16 inch, resilient perforated co-polymer face sheet. 5. Core Thickness: 1-1/16 inches. 6. Core Thickness: 1-9/16 inches. 7. Core Thickness: 2-1/16 inches. 8. Width: 24-48 inches and custom. 9. Length: 24-116 inches and custom. 10. Corners: Square. 11. Edge Profile: Square. 12. Edge Treatment: Resin hardened beneath heat-formed co-polymer. 13. Finish: Copolymer applied directly to face and edges and face of panels, color as selected. 14. Mounting Type: Adhesive / Resin. 15. Mounting Type: Impaling / Adhesive / Resin. 16. Mounting Type: Lay-in. 17. Mounting Type: Magnet. 18. Mounting Type: Velcro. 19. Mounting Type: Panel Clip to Z-Bar. 20. Mounting Type: Panel Clip to Double Wall Clip. 21. Mounting Type: Z-Bar to Z-Bar. 22. Mounting Type: Aluminum Z-Clip. 23. Mounting Type: Panel-Clip / Velcro. 24. Flammability (ASTM E 84): Panel components shall have a Class “A” rating per ASTM E 84. 25. Resistivity To Heat Or Cold: R-factor of 4.16 per inch of thickness. 26. Acoustical Performance: Values below are for panels mounted in accordance with ASTM C 423 (Type D5


PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION





END OF SECTION


Reflective Wall Panels



PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes: Sound reflective wall panels.



1.2 SUBMITTALS









PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 SOUND REFLECTIVE WALL PANELS

A. Basis-of-Design: Conwed Designscape | Wall Technology Reflective Wall Panels.

Reflective Wall Panels

1. Construction: Dimensionally stable rigid fiberglass with 6 - 7 pcf density covered with 1/16 inch copolymer, total thickness 1-1/16 inch.

2. Reflectors (Optional): Dimensionally stable rigid fiberglass with 6 - 7 pcf density covered with 1/16 inch copolymer, total thickness 1-9/16 inch.

3. Reflectors (Optional): Dimensionally stable rigid fiberglass with 6 - 7 pcf density covered with 1/16 inch copolymer, total thickness 2-1/16 inch.

4. Reflector Size: 53 inches wide by 120 inches maximum and custom. 5. Recycled Content: For fiberglass, 52 percent pre-consumer and 5 percent post-consumer recycled content. 6. Edge Profile: Square. 7. Edge Profile: Half-bevel. 8. Edge Profile: Miter. 9. Corner Detail: Square. 10. Corner Detail: Radius. 11. Finish: Manufacturer, pattern and color as selected; or gel-coat only; gel-coat applied directly over face and

edges of panel and returned to back of panel to provide full finished edge; corners are fully tailored. 12. Reflector Mounting Type: Adhesive / resin. 13. Reflector Mounting Type: Adhesive, no resin. 14. Reflector Mounting Type: Impaling / adhesive. 15. Reflector Mounting Type: Velcro. 16. Reflector Mounting Type: Panel clip to double wall clip. 17. Reflector Mounting Type: Z-bar to Z-bar. 18. Reflector Mounting Type: Panel clip and Velcro. 19. Flammability (ASTM E 84): Panel components shall have a Class “A” rating per ASTM E 84. 20. Acoustical Performance: Values below are for panels mounted in accordance with ASTM C 423 (Type D5

Mounting) and vary by panel thickness and finish. a. Noise Reduction Coefficient (NRC) for 1-1/16 inch Thick Fiberglass-Based Reflectors: 0.20.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION





END OF SECTION


Urban Forest Panels



PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY




1.2 SUBMITTALS









PART 2 - PRODUCTS


A. Basis-of-Design: Conwed Designscape | Wall Technology Urban Forest Panels


Urban Forest Panels

2. Core Fiberglass Density: 6 - 7 pcf. 3. Recycled Content: For fiberglass, 52 percent pre-consumer and 5 percent post-consumer recycled content. 4. Core laminated with 1/16 inch, resilient perforated co-polymer face sheet. 5. Core Thickness: 1-1/16 inches. 6. Core Thickness: 1-9/16 inches. 7. Core Thickness: 2-1/16 inches. 8. Width: 24-48 inches and custom. 9. Length: 24-114 inches and custom. 10. Corners: Square. 11. Edge Profile: Square. 12. Edge Treatment: Resin hardened beneath heat-formed co-polymer. 13. Finishes: Copolymer applied directly to face and edges of acoustical panels. 14. Custom Wood-Grain Colors Include: Riga Birch, Honey Maple, Pearwood, Red Alder, Candlelight, Elmalau

Beach, Manitoba Maple, Tundra Birch, Chocolate Pear, Fusion X, Summer Flame, Rustic Cherry, and Shaker Terry.

15. Mounting Type: Adhesive / Resin. 16. Mounting Type: Impaling / Adhesive. 17. Mounting Type: Lay-in. 18. Mounting Type: Magnet. 19. Mounting Type: Velcro. 20. Mounting Type: Panel Clip to Z-Bar. 21. Mounting Type: Panel Clip to Double Wall Clip. 22. Mounting Type: Z-Bar to Z-Bar. 23. Mounting Type: Aluminum Z-Clip. 24. Mounting Type: Panel-Clip / Velcro. 25. Flammability (ASTM E 84): Panel components shall have a Class “A” rating per ASTM E 84. 26. Resistivity To Heat Or Cold: R-factor of 4.16 per inch of thickness. 27. Acoustical Performance: Values below are for panels mounted in accordance with ASTM C 423 (Type D5


PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION





END OF SECTION


Wedge Wall Panels



PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes: Sound absorptive wedge wall panels.



1.2 SUBMITTALS









PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 SOUND ABSORPTIVE WEDGE WALL PANELS

A. Basis-of-Design: Conwed Designscape | Wall Technology Wedge Wall Panels.

Wedge Wall Panels

1. Construction: Composite core of dimensionally stable rigid fiberglass with 6 – 7 pcf density mounted to a 1/2 inch thick medium density overlay (MDO) plywood backer and ribs.

2. Recycled Content: For fiberglass, 52 percent pre-consumer and 5 percent post-consumer recycled content. 3. Absorptive Panels: 1/8 inch molded fiberglass of 16-20 pcf density over face and edges. 4. Reflective Panels: 1/16 inch unperforated copolymer over face. 5. Thickness: 1-1/2 inches minimum. 6. Core Thickness: 2 inches. 7. Size: 16 square feet maximum, with maximum length of 96 inches and minimum width of 24 inches. 8. Edge Profile: Square; covered with 1/8 inch molded fiberglass of 16-20 pcf density. 9. Corner Detail: Square. 10. Fabric Finish: Manufacturer, pattern and color as selected; applied directly over face and edges of panels to

provide full finished edge, fully tailored corners. 11. Mounting Type: Panel clip to Z-bar. 12. Mounting Type: Panel clip to double wall clip. 13. Mounting Type: Z-Bar to Z-Bar. 14. Mounting Type: Z-clip and Velcro. 15. Flammability (ASTM E 84): Panel components except medium density overlay (MDO) plywood shall have a

Class “A” rating per ASTM E 84. 16. Acoustical Performance: NRC based on panel configuration and finish.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION





END OF SECTION


Omni Plane Diffuser Panel


SECTION 098410 – SOUND ABSORPTIVE BAFFLES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes: Sound diffusers.



1.2 SUBMITTALS









PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 SOUND DIFFUSERS, BARREL AND PYRAMIDAL

A. Basis-of-Design: Conwed Designscape | Wall Technology Omni Plane Diffuser Panel

Omni Plane Diffuser Panel

1. Construction: Composite core with two layers of dimensionally stable rigid fiberglass separated by a barrier septum.

2. Core Fiberglass Density: 6 - 7 pcf. 3. Recycled Content: For fiberglass, 52 percent pre-consumer and 5 percent post-consumer recycled content. 4. Core Thickness: 1 inch. 5. Core Thickness: 2 inches. 6. Size for Ceiling Applications: 36 by 60 inches and custom. 7. Size for Wall Applications: 48 inches wide by 120 inches high and custom. 8. Edge Profile: Square. 9. Finish: Manufacturer, pattern and color as selected: applied directly over face and edges of panel and returned

to back of panel to provide full finished edge; corners fully tailored. 10. Mounting Type for Ceiling Applications: Z-Bar to Z-Bar. 11. Mounting Type for Ceiling Applications: Lay-in. 12. Mounting Type for Walls: Panel clip. 13. Mounting Type for Walls: Impaling / adhesive. 14. Flammability (ASTM E 84): Panel components shall have a Class “A” rating per ASTM E 84. 15. Acoustical Performance: Values below are for panels mounted in accordance with ASTM C 423 (Type D5

Mounting) and vary by panel thickness and finish. a. Noise Reduction Coefficient (NRC) for 1 inch thickness: 0.65. b. Noise Reduction Coefficient (NRC) for 2 inch thickness: 0.90.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION





END OF SECTION


Respond® Diffusers: Barrel and Pyramidal


SECTION 098410 – SOUND ABSORPTIVE DIFFUSERS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes: Sound diffusers, barrel and pyramidal.



1.2 SUBMITTALS









PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 SOUND DIFFUSERS, BARREL AND PYRAMIDAL

A. Basis-of-Design: Conwed Designscape | Wall Technology Respond® Diffusers: Barrel and Pyramidal

Respond® Diffusers: Barrel and Pyramidal

1. Construction: 0.125 inch Thermo-formed fire resistant plastic molded to a one-piece Barrel or a special offset Pyramidal shape.

2. Sizes: a. Pyramidal size: 2’x2’x8” height b. Pyramidal size 4’x4’x12.5” height c. Barrel size: 2’x2’x7” height d. Barrel size: 2’x4’x7” height e. Barrel size: 3’x3’x7” height f. Barrel size: 3’x4’x7” height g. Barrel size: 3’x5’x7” height h. Barrel size: 3’x6’x7” height i. Barrel size: 4’x4’x7” height j. Barrel size: 4’x6’x7” height k. Barrel size: 4’x8’x7” height

3. Edge Profile: Flanged for lay-in application. 4. Corners: Radius. 5. Edge Profile: No flange for walls and hardware ceiling mount. 6. Finish, Gel-Coat: Applied directly over face and edges of panel. 7. Finish, Fabric: Contact Manufacturer for available fabrics. 8. Mounting Type Walls: Straight edged diffusers: L-angles and hook and loop fasteners. 9. Mounting Type Ceilings: Flanged to fit standard ceiling grid. 10. Mounting Type Ceilings: Straight edge with L-angles 11. Acoustical Performance: Values below are for panels mounted in accordance with ASTM C 423 (Type D5

Mounting) and vary by panel thickness and finish. a. Noise Reduction Coefficient (NRC): 0.10.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION





END OF SECTION


Respond® Baffles: Fold-Up and Back-to-Back


SECTION 098410 – SOUND ABSORPTIVE BAFFLES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes: Sound absorptive baffles.



1.2 SUBMITTALS









PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 SOUND ABSORPTIVE BAFFLES

A. Basis-of-Design: Conwed Designscape | Wall Technology Respond® Baffles: Fold-Up and Back-to-Back


Respond® Baffles: Fold-Up and Back-to-Back

2. Core Fiberglass Density: 6 - 7 pcf. 3. Recycled Content: For fiberglass, 52 percent pre-consumer and 5 percent post-consumer recycled content. 4. Core Thickness: 1 inch. 5. Core Thickness: 1-1/2 inches. 6. Core Thickness: 2 inches. 7. Width for Fold-Up Baffles: 24-72 inches and custom. 8. Height for Fold-Up Baffles: 24-96 inches and custom 9. Width for Back-to-Back Baffles: 24-120 inches and custom. 10. Height For Back-to-Back Baffles: 24-120 inches and custom. 11. Corners: Square. 12. Edge Profile for Fold-up Baffles: Square. 13. Edge Profile for Back-to-Back Baffles: Square. 14. Edge Profile for Back-to-Back Baffles: Radius. 15. Edge Profile for Back-to-Back Baffles: Full-bevel. 16. Edge Profile for Back-to-Back Baffles: Half-bevel. 17. Edge Treatment for Fold-up Baffles: Resin hardened. 18. Edge Treatment for Back-to-Back Baffles: Resin hardened. 19. Fabric Finish: Manufacturer, pattern and color as selected; applied directly over face and edges of panels to

provide full finished edge, fully tailored corners. 20. Mounting For Fold-up Baffles: Vertical attachment to D-Rings. 21. Mounting For Back-to-Back Baffles: Vertical attachment to D-Rings. 22. Flammability (ASTM E 84): Panel components shall have a Class “A” rating per ASTM E 84. 23. Acoustical Performance: Values below are for baffles mounted in accordance with ASTM C 423 (Type D5

Mounting) and vary by baffle thickness and finish. a. Performance for 1 inch thickness: 1.3 Sabins/sf. b. Performance for 2 inch thickness: 1.75 Sabins/sf.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION





END OF SECTION


SelectSound™ Black Acoustic Board


SECTION 098117 - ACOUSTIC BOARD INSULATION

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes: Glass fiber acoustical insulation for interior partitions. (Owens Corning SelectSound™ Black Acoustic Board)


1. Section 03 30 00 – CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE for concrete substrate. 2. Section 04 42 00 – UNIT MASONRY for masonry substrates. 3. Section 09 21 00 – GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES for gypsum board walls and ceilings.

1.2 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer’s product specifications including certified laboratory test reports and other data required to show compliance with these specifications.

B. Certified Test Reports: Submit test data from an independent testing agency, acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, evidencing that systems components comply with requirements indicated for fire performance and recycled content characteristics. Submit test data from independent testing agencies showing that system complies with the specified requirements for acoustical performance.


A. Project Conditions: Protect system components from excessive moisture in shipment, storage, and handling. Deliver in unopened bundles and store in a dry place with adequate air circulation.

1.4 WARRANTY

A. Warranty: Provide manufacturer’s standard 1-year warranty against defects in materials or manufacturing.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURER

A. Glass Fiber Acoustical Insulation for Interior Partitions: SelectSound™ Black Acoustic Board as manufactured by Owens Corning, www.owenscorning.com with the following characteristics:

1. Typical Thickness: 1 inch, faced; available in precut sizes up to 48 inches x 96 inches. a. Noise Reduction Coefficient (ASTM C423, Type A mounting): 0.70, 1 inch thick. b. Thermal Resistance (ASTM C423, R-Value): 4.3.

http://www.owenscorning.com

SelectSound™ Black Acoustic Board

2. Typical Thickness: 2 inches, faced. a. Noise Reduction Coefficient (ASTM C423, Type A mounting): 1.00, 2 inches thick. b. Thermal Resistance (ASTM C423, R-Value): 8.6.

3. Compliance: a. Compressive Strength (ASTM A165, 10 percent deformation): 25 lb/ft2 (1197 Pa). b. Compressive Strength (ASTM A165, 20 percent deformation): 90 lb/ft2 (4309 Pa). c. Water Vapor Sorption (ASTM C1104): Less than 3 percent by weight at 120 degrees F (49 degrees C),

95 percent R.H. d. Fungi Resistance (ASTM C1338): Meets requirement. e. Corrosiveness (ASTM C665, Corrosiveness Test): Will not cause corrosion greater than that caused by

sterile cotton on aluminum or steel. f. Surface Burning Characteristics (ASTM E84/CAN/ULC-S102): Maximum flame spread 25, maximum

smoke developed 50.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Verification of Conditions: Examine installation location and conditions under which work is to be performed. Do not proceed until satisfactory conditions are achieved.

3.2 INSTALLATION

A. Install products in accordance with manufacturer’s written instructions and in proper relationship with adjacent construction, including the following.

1. Cut insulation to fit around penetrations, including outlets, junction boxes and other irregularities. 2. Where walls are not finished on both sides or insulation does not fill the cavity depth, provide supplementary

support to hold product in place. 3. Prepare surfaces prior to manufacturer approved adhesive installation. 4. Prepare surfaces prior to impaling pin installation. Pin location, quantity and length should be selected to

ensure tight fit. Where subject to physical contact, protect pin tips.

END OF SECTION


SelectSound™ Black Acoustic Blanket

PROJECT ARCHITECT RESPONSIBILITY: This is a general specification guide, intended to be used by experienced construction professionals, in conjunction with good construction practice and professional judgment. This guide is to aid in the creation of a complete building specification that is to be fully reviewed and edited by the architect of record (specifier). Sections of this guide should be included, edited, or omitted based on the requirements of a specific project. It is the responsibility of both the specifier and the purchaser to determine if a product or system is suitable for its intended use. Neither Owens Corning, nor any of its subsid-iary or affiliated companies, assume any responsibility for the content of this specification guide relative to actual projects and spe-cifically disclaim any and all liability for any errors or omissions in design, detail, structural capability, attachment details, shop draw-ings or other construction related details, whether based upon the information provided by Owens Corning or otherwise. SECTION 098116 - ACOUSTIC BLANKET INSULATION

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes: Glass fiber acoustical insulation for interior partitions. (Owens Corning SelectSound™ Black Acoustic Blanket)


1. Section 03 30 00 – CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE for concrete substrate. 2. Section 04 42 00 – UNIT MASONRY for masonry substrates. 3. Section 09 21 00 – GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES for gypsum board walls and ceilings.

1.2 SUBMITTALS


B. Certified Test Reports: Submit test data from an independent testing agency, acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, evidencing that systems components comply with requirements indicated for fire performance and recycled content characteristics. Submit test data from independent testing agencies showing that system complies with the specified requirements for acoustical performance.



1.4 WARRANTY


PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURER

A. Glass Fiber Acoustical Insulation for Interior Partitions: SelectSound™ Black Acoustic Blanket as manufactured by Owens Corning, www.owenscorning.com with the following characteristics:


SelectSound™ Black Acoustic Blanket

1. Typical Thickness: 1 inch, available in 70 ft rolls, 72 inches wide. a. Noise Reduction Coefficient (ASTM C423, Type A mounting): 0.70, 1 inch thick. b. Thermal Resistance (ASTM C423, R-Value): 4.2.

2. Typical Thickness: 2 inches, available in 50 ft rolls, 72 inches wide. a. Noise Reduction Coefficient (ASTM C423, Type A mounting): 1.00, 2 inches thick. b. Thermal Resistance (ASTM C423, R-Value): 8.5.

3. Compliance: ASTM C 553, Type I, 250 deg F maximum use temperature. a. Water Vapor Sorption (ASTM C1104): Less than 3 percent by weight at 120 degrees F (49 degrees C),

95 percent R.H. b. Fungi Resistance (ASTM C1338): Meets requirement. c. Corrosiveness (ASTM C665, Corrosiveness Test): Will not cause corrosion greater than that caused by

sterile cotton on aluminum or steel. d. Surface Burning Characteristics (UL 723/CAN/ULC-S102-M): Maximum flame spread 25, maximum

smoke developed 50.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Verification of Conditions: Examine installation location and conditions under which work is to be performed. Verify wet work is complete and dry. Verify suitable blocking at cable mounting points is in place. Notify Contractor in writing of any unsatisfactory conditions. Do not proceed until satisfactory conditions are achieved.

3.2 INSTALLATION

A. Install products in accordance with manufacturer’s written instructions and in proper relationship with adjacent construction.

1. Cut insulation to fit around penetrations, including outlets, junction boxes and other irregularities. 2. Where walls are not finished on both sides or insulation does not fill the cavity depth, provide supplementary

support to hold product in place. 3. Prepare surfaces prior to manufacturer approved adhesive installation. 4. Prepare surfaces prior to impaling pin installation. Pin location, quantity and length should be selected to

ensure tight fit. Where subject to physical contact, protect pin tips.

END OF SECTION


Eurospan® Classic Acoustical Ceiling System


SECTION 095446 – FABRIC WRAPPED CEILING PANELS GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes: Fabric wrapped ceiling panels, consisting of a laterally-suspended textile, applied over a glass-fiber acoustic core and attached to a continuous mounting system. (Eurospan Classic)

1.2 SUBMITTALS


B. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings showing typical reflected ceiling plan, sectional views and details of construction.

C. Samples: Submit 12 by 12 inch samples of representative fabric with factory detailed edge, and representative samples of devices.

D. Certified Test Reports: Submit test data from an independent testing agency, acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, evidencing that systems components comply with requirements indicated for fire performance and recycled content characteristics. Submit test data from independent testing agencies showing that system complies with the specified requirements for acoustical performance.

E. Extra Stock: Submit an additional 2 percent of each fabric as extra stock for future use.


A. Recycled Content: Fiberglass board core eligible to bear the Green Cross label for recycled content, certified on average to contain at least 40 percent recycled glass, with 10 percent post-consumer and 30 percent pre-consumer content.

B. Installer Qualifications: Owens Corning Certified Installer.



1.5 LIMITEDWARRANTY

A. Limited Warranty: Provide manufacturer’s standard limited 2-year warranty against defects in materials and manufacturing. Provide manufacturer’s standard limited 10-year warranty against sagging or wrinkles due to heat, humidity or aging.

** CID FONT **

** FONT NAME ** SymbolMT ** 193 ** 61666


PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURER

A. Fabric Wrapped Ceiling Panels: Eurospan Classic Acoustical Ceiling System as manufactured by Eurospan Stretch Systems, www.eurospanstretchsystems.com with the following characteristics:

1. Fabric: Eurospan® Classic Ceiling Textile, [Classic White] [Vienna Crème] [Theater Black] [Custom] color.

a. Fabric Type: Fiber content and locking weave not affected by heat or humidity, capable of elongating 25 percent, spot cleanable and dry cleanable. Coated with light polyurethane coating cleanable with water or solvent-based cleaners.

b. Fabric Size: No seams up to 16 feet; seams allowed over 16 feet. c. Fire Performance: NFPA Class A or UBC Class I, ASTM E84 flame spread index 5 or less and smoke

developed 15 or less. d. Light Reflectance: Minimum light reflectance of 0.85 for white color. e. Penetrations: Self supporting at penetrations, cut in fabric without additional reinforcement rings or

support.

2. Acoustical Core: [Standard 1 inch thick medium density glass fiber core.] [Non-standard [1/2] [3/4] [1] [1-1/2] [2] [3] [4] inch [medium] [high] density glass fiber core.]

a. Acoustic Performance: ASTM C 423, Type E 400 mounting with minimum NRC of 1.00 at 1 inch thickness, Type A mounting with NRC of 0.80 at 1 inch thickness.

3. Mounting Devices: Nominal 1/2 inch or 1 inch fire-retardant rigid polymer high-strength extrusions or aluminum extrusions produced in perimeter and mid-seam profiles. Staples, 18 gauge with mechanical ability to attach extrusions, suitable for mounting substrate.

a. Fire Performance, Assembly: NFPA Class A or UBC Class I, ASTM E84 flame spread index 5 or less and smoke developed 35 or less.

b. Perimeter Track: [Square] [Bevel], with exposed edges selective covered with matching fabric or painted to match the fabric.

c. Mid Joint Track: [Square] [Reveal] [Flexible] track as required to achieve design indicated on the Drawings. Capable of installing panels continuously without joints.

d. Furring: If core material is thicker than track profile, provide fire retardant treated wood grounds or furrings prior to mounting the track. If edges of grounds are exposed, finish with fabric or painted as selected.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Verification of Conditions: Examine installation location and conditions under which work is to be performed. Verify wet work is complete and dry. Verify suitable blocking is in place. Notify Contractor in writing of any unsatisfactory conditions. Do not proceed until satisfactory conditions are achieved.

3.2 INSTALLATION

A. Install products in accordance with manufacturer’s written instructions and in proper relationship with adjacent construction including the following:

1. Inspect fabric prior to installation. Do not install damaged, imperfect or soiled fabric. 2. Apply mounting system tracks to surfaces to receive system. Secure with 1 inch staples spaced on 2 inch

centers. 3. Install mounting system tracks level and straight, flush and in proper alignment. 4. Install acoustical core material continuous and flush to the edge of the track in largest sizes practical and

secure in place with appropriate adhesives or staples. For fabric closer than 1/4 inch to the core, caulk joints or provide a white scrim or lining to prevent read through. Scrim or lining shall not inhibit the acoustical performance of the system, and meet fire safety code requirements.

** CID FONT **


http://www.eurospanstretchsystems.com


5. Stretch shop cut fabric and secure into the locking jaws to produce a smooth surface, free of wrinkles or puckers. Adjust fabric to meet the required dimensional layout.

3.3 CLEANING AND PROTECTION

A. Clean exposed surfaces as necessary. Comply with manufacturer’s instructions for cleaning and repair of minor finish damage. Remove and replace work that cannot be successfully cleaned and repaired to permanently eliminate evidence of damage.

B. Advise Contractor of required protection, including soiling from other trades and dust control, so that the work will be without damage and deterioration at the time of acceptance.

END OF SECTION


** CID FONT **


Eurospan® EOS Acoustical Ceiling System


SECTION 095446 – FABRIC WRAPPED CEILING PANELS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes: Fabric wrapped ceiling panels, consisting of a laterally-suspended textile, applied over a glass-fiber acoustic core and attached to a continuous mounting system. (Eurospan EOS)

1.2 SUBMITTALS



C. Samples: Submit 12 by 12 inch samples of representative fabric with factory detailed edge, and representative samples of mounting devices.




A. Recycled Content: Fiberglass board core eligible to bear the Green Cross label for recycled content, certified on average to contain at least 30 percent recycled glass, with 4 percent post-consumer and 26 percent pre-consumer content.






** CID FONT **



PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURER

A. Fabric Wrapped Ceiling Panels: Eurospan EOS Acoustical Ceiling System as manufactured by Eurospan Stretch Systems, www.eurospanstretchsystems.com with the following characteristics:

1. Fabric: Eurospan® EOS Ceiling Textile, [standard white] [custom] color. a. Fabric Type: Fiber content and locking weave not affected by heat or humidity, capable of elongating 25

percent, spot cleanable and dry cleanable. Coated with light polyurethane coating cleanable with water or solvent-based cleaners.

b. Fabric Size: No seams up to 16 feet; seams allowed over 16 feet. c. Fire Performance: NFPA Class A or UBC Class I, ASTM E84 flame spread index 5 or less and smoke

developed 15 or less. d. Light Reflectance: Minimum light reflectance of 0.85. e. Penetrations: Self supporting at penetrations, cut in fabric without additional reinforcement rings or

support.

2. Acoustical Core: [Standard 1 inch thick medium density glass fiber core.] [Non-standard [1/2] [3/4] [1] [1-1/2] [2] [3] [4] inch [medium] [high] density glass fiber core.] a. Acoustic Performance: ASTM C 423, Type E 400 mounting with minimum NRC of 0.80 at 1 inch

thickness, Type A mounting with NRC of 0.85 at 1 inch thickness and 0.95 at 2 inch thickness.

3. Mounting Devices: Nominal 1/2 inch or 1 inch rigid polymer high-strength extrusions or aluminum extrusions produced in perimeter and mid-seam profiles. Pneumatic staples or screw fasteners suitable for mounting substrate. a. Fire Performance: NFPA Class A or UBC Class I, ASTM E84 flame spread index 25 or less and smoke

developed 50 or less. b. Perimeter Track: Square, with exposed edges selective covered with matching fabric or painted to

match the fabric. c. Mid Joint Track: [Square] [Reveal] [Flexible] track as required to achieve design indicated on the

Drawings. Capable of installing panels continuously without joints. d. Furring: If core material is thicker than track profile, provide fire retardant treated wood grounds or

furrings prior to mounting the track. If edges of grounds are exposed, finish with fabric or painted as selected.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION


3.2 INSTALLATION


1. Inspect fabric prior to installation. Do not install damaged, imperfect or soiled fabric. 2. Apply mounting system tracks to surfaces to receive system. Secure with pneumatic staples or screw fasteners

2 to 3 inches on center. 3. Install mounting system tracks level and straight, flush and in proper alignment. 4. Install acoustical core material continuous and flush to the edge of the track in largest sizes practical and secure

in place with appropriate staples or screw fasteners. 5. Stretch shop cut fabric and secure into the locking jaws to produce a smooth surface, free of wrinkles or

puckers. Adjust fabric to meet the required dimensional layout.

** CID FONT **







END OF SECTION


** CID FONT **


Eurospan® Translucence System


SECTION 09 54 43 – STRETCHED TRANSLUCENT FABRIC CEILING SYSTEMS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes: Stretched fabric ceiling system, consisting of translucent fabric membrane stretched and fastened to fixed or demountable frame structures in place below ambient or artificial lighting.

1.2 SUBMITTALS



C. Samples: Submit 12 by 12 inch samples of representative fabric with factory detailed edge, and representative samples of stainless steel cables and fittings to be used as mounting devices.

D. Certified Test Reports: Submit test data from an independent testing agency, acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, evidencing that systems components comply with requirements indicated for fire performance characteristics. Submit test data from independent testing agencies showing that system complies with the specified requirements for acoustical performance.



A. Installer Qualifications: Owens Corning Certified Installer.





** CID FONT **


Eurospan® Translucence System

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURER

A. Stretched Fabric Ceiling Systems: Eurospan Translucence Stretch Fabric System as manufactured by Eurospan Stretch Systems, www.eurospanstretchsystems.com with the following characteristics:

1. Fabric: Eurospan® Classic or EOS fabric, [standard white] color. a. Fabric Type- Classic - Fiber content and locking weave not affected by heat or humidity, spot cleanable

and dry cleanable. EOS – added light polyurethane coating b. Fabric Size: No seams up to 16 feet; seams allowed over 16 feet. c. Fire Performance: NFPA Class A or UBC Class I, ASTM E84 flame spread index 5 or less and smoke

developed 15 or less. d. Light Reflectance: Minimum light reflectance of 0.75 – 0.85

2. Fabric Mounting Devices: Nominal 1/2 inch or 1 inch fire-retardant rigid polymer high-strength extrusions produced in perimeter and mid-seam profiles. Attachment: mechanical fasteners with ability to attach extrusions to frames or suitable substrate. a. Fire Performance, Assembly: NFPA Class A or UBC Class I, ASTM E84 flame spread index 5 or less

and smoke developed 35 or less. b. Perimeter Track: [Square] with exposed edges selective covered with matching fabric or painted to

match the fabric. c. Mid Joint Track: [Square] track as required to achieve design indicated on the Drawings. System is also

capable of installing panels continuously without joints.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION


3.2 INSTALLATION


1. Inspect fabric prior to installation. Do not install damaged, imperfect or soiled fabric. 2. Anchor stainless steel cable fittings to structure, using anchors acceptable to the manufacturer. 3. Stretch fabric and secure into the cable fittings to produce a smooth surface, free of wrinkles or puckers. Adjust

fabric to meet the required dimensional layout.




END OF SECTION


** CID FONT **



Eurospan® Acoustical Wall System

PROJECT ARCHITECT RESPONSIBILITY: This is a general specification guide, intended to be used by experienced construction professionals, in conjunction with good construction practice and professional judgment. This guide is to aid in the creation of a complete building specification that is to be fully reviewed and edited by the architect of record (specifier). Sections of this guide should be included, edited, or omitted based on the requirements of a specific project. It is the responsibility of both the specifier and the purchaser to determine if a product or system is suitable for its intended use. Neither Owens Corning, nor any of its subsidiary or affiliated companies, assume any responsibility for the content of this specification guide relative to actual projects and specifically disclaim any and all liability for any errors or omissions in design, detail, structural capability, attachment details, shop drawings or other construction related details, whether based upon the information provided by Owens Corning or otherwise. SECTION 098414 – ACOUSTIC STRETCHED FABRIC WALL SYSTEMS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes: Acoustic stretched fabric wall system, consisting of a textile applied over a glass-fiber acoustic core and attached to a continuous mounting system. (Eurospan Acoustical Wall System)

1.2 SUBMITTALS


B. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings showing typical wall elevations, sectional views and details of construction.

C. Samples: Submit 12 by 12 inch samples of representative fabric with factory detailed edge, and representative samples of mounting devices.




A. Recycled Content: Fiberglass board core eligible to bear the Green Cross label for recycled content, certified on average to contain at least 30 percent recycled glass, with at least 4 percent post-consumer glass content.





A. Limited Warranty: Provide manufacturer’s standard 5-year warranty against defects in materials and manufacturing.

** CID FONT **



PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURER

A. Acoustic Stretched Fabric Wall System: Eurospan Acoustical Wall System as manufactured by Eurospan Stretch Systems, www.eurospanstretchsystems.com with the following characteristics:

1. Fabric: [Selected from manufacturer’s standard acoustical panel fabric.] [Selected from commercial grade panel/upholstery fabrics complying with the following.] a. Fabric Type: Fiber content and locking weave not affected by heat or humidity, , spot cleanable and dry

cleanable. b. Fabric Size: No seams up to 16 feet; seams allowed over 16 feet. c. Fire Performance: NFPA Class A or UBC Class I, ASTM E84 flame spread index 25 or less and smoke

developed 450 or less. d. Light Reflectance: Minimum light reflectance of 0.85 for white color. e. Penetrations: Self supporting at penetrations, cut in fabric without additional reinforcement rings or

support.

2. Acoustical Core: [Standard 1 inch thick 6 to 7 pound density glass fiber core.] [Non-standard [1/2] [3/4] [1] [1-1/2] [2] [3] [4] inch [medium] [high] density glass fiber core.] a. Acoustic Performance: ASTM C 423, Type A mounting with NRC of 0.80 at 1 inch thickness.

3. Mounting Devices: Nominal 1/2 inch or 1 inch fire-retardant rigid polymer high-strength extrusions or aluminum extrusions produced in perimeter and mid-seam profiles. Staples, 18 gauge with mechanical ability to attach extrusions, suitable for mounting substrate. a. Fire Performance, Assembly: NFPA Class A or UBC Class I, ASTM E84 testing. b. Perimeter Track: [Square] [Bevel] [Radius], with exposed edges selective covered with matching fabric

or painted to match the fabric. c. Mid Joint Track: [Square] [Bevel] [Radius] [Reveal] [Flexible] track as required to achieve design

indicated on the Drawings. Capable of installing panels continuously without joints. d. Furring: If core material is thicker than track profile, provide fire retardant treated wood grounds or

furrings prior to mounting the track. If edges of grounds are exposed, finish with fabric or painted as selected.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Verification of Conditions: Examine installation location and conditions under which work is to be performed. Verify wet work is complete and dry. Verify suitable blocking at cable mounting points is in place. Notify Contractor in writing of any unsatisfactory conditions. Do not proceed until satisfactory conditions are achieved.

3.2 INSTALLATION


1. Inspect fabric prior to installation. Do not install damaged, imperfect or soiled fabric. 2. Apply mounting system tracks to surfaces to receive system. Secure with 1 inch staples spaced on 2 inch

centers. 3. Install mounting system tracks level and straight, flush and in proper alignment. 4. Install acoustical core material continuous and flush to the edge of the track in largest sizes practical and secure

in place with appropriate adhesives or staples. For fabric very light in color or light in weight, provide a white scrim or lining to prevent read through. Scrim or lining shall not inhibit the acoustical performance of the system, and meet fire safety code requirements.

5. Stretch shop cut fabric and secure into the locking jaws to produce a smooth surface, free of wrinkles or puckers. Adjust fabric to meet the required dimensional layout.

** CID FONT **







END OF SECTION


** CID FONT **


QuietZone® Acoustic Batts with PureFiber® Technology


SECTION 098117 – ACOUSTIC BATT INSULATION

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes: Glass fiber acoustical insulation for wood-framed interior walls, floor and ceilings. (Owens Corning QuietZone® Acoustic Batts with PureFiber® Technology)


1. Section 061000 – ROUGH CARPENTRY for acoustic wood framing. 2. Section 092100 – PLASTER AND GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES for plaster and gypsum board walls and

ceilings.

1.2 SUBMITTALS




1.4 WARRANTY


PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURER

A. Glass Fiber Acoustical Insulation for Wood Framed Interior Walls, Floors and Ceilings: QuietZone® Acoustic Batts with PureFiber® Technology as manufactured by Owens Corning, www.owenscorning.com with the following characteristics:

1. Type: Inorganic glass fibers complying with ASTM C 665, Type II, Class C. 2. Faced Batts: 3-/12 inches thick by 15 inches wide, 3-1/2 inches thick by 23 inches wide, and 5-1/2 inches thick

by 15-1/2 inches wide as applicable to framing spacing; standard precut lengths. 3. Unfaced Batts: 3-1/2 inches thick by 15-1/4 inches and 3-1/2 inches thick by 23-1/4 inches wide as applicable

to framing spacing, standard precut lengths. 4. Dimensional Stability: Less than 0.1 percent linear shrinkage. 5. Water Absorption: Less than 0.05 percent maximum by volume. 6. Code Compliance:

a. Uniform Building Code (ICBO) building types III, IV and V. b. National Building Code (BOCA) building types 3, 4, and 5. c. Standard Building Code (SBCCI) building types III, V, and VI.

** CID FONT **



QuietZone® Acoustic Batts with PureFiber® Technology

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Verification of Conditions: Examine installation location and conditions under which work is to be performed. Do not proceed until satisfactory conditions are achieved.

3.2 INSTALLATION

A. Install products in accordance with manufacturer’s written instructions and in proper relationship with adjacent construction, including the following.

1. Friction-fit batts to fill entire height and width of stud cavity. 2. Cut insulation to fit around penetrations, including outlets, junction boxes and other irregularities. Do not place

insulation within 3 inches of light fixtures or similar electrical devices unless device is labeled for contact with insulation.

3. Install unfaced insulation only between wood framing and masonry chimneys. Do not use unfaced or faced insulation in spaces around metal chimneys, fireplaces or flues.

4. Protect batts from damage until interior finish is applied.

END OF SECTION


Product Data Sheet

FOUNDATIONS WALL PANELS

APPLICATIONConwed Designscape|Wall Technology Foundations Acoustical Wall Panels are designed for areas requiring excellent acoustical absorption with a ‘soft drywall’ look. Use in conference rooms, auditoriums, churches, entry- ways, and similar areas.

CONSTRUCTIONThe core construction is a dimensionally stable 6-7 PCF glass fiberboard laminated with a 1/8” 16-20 pcf molded glass fiber, all covered with a specially formulated fiberglass mat. Edges are protected with resin hardening. The acoustically transparent finish completely covers the face and exposed edges.

SIZE AVAILABILITYAvailable thicknesses are 1”, 1½”, 2”, 3”, and 4”, plus the 1/8” molded glass fiberboard. Maximum size is 4’x10’. 4” maximum is 4’ x 6’ or 24 square feet.

EDGE DETAILAll edges are resin hardened, unless otherwise specified.Available shapes include: square, and bevel.

FINISHFoundations Wall Panels come factory-finished with a proprietary white, acoustically transparent covering with a ‘soft drywall’ look. Finish can be used as-is, or field painted with a spray application.

MOUNTINGStandard mountings include spot adhesive, Z-clip, concealed splines, impaling clips, hook & loop, Z-bar to Z-bar, and magnetic fasteners.

ACOUSTICAL PERFORMANCEOur products are constantly modified to achieve their maximum acoustical performance while providing the aesthetics desired in their applications. Panels are available in a variety of thickness, and their performances are tested in accordance to ASTM procedures in a NVLAP accredited laboratory. Please consult with your Sales Representative, or the Company’s Technical Services Department for assistance in determining the proper panels, and their acoustical specifications, for your application.

FIRE PERFORMANCEEach component has been tested according to ASTM E 84* and has Class I/A rating.

RECYCLED CONTENTFoundations Wall Panels can utilize an Owens Corning fiberglass board core that is third-party certified for recycled content. The board is certified by SCS to contain at least 57% recycled glass.

And for your LEED® project, our acoustical panels can help you qualify for recycled content points under the Materials and Resources section. Other LEED® categories may also apply depending upon the project requirements.

WARRANTY3-YEAR WARRANTYFoundations Wall Panels have a limited 3-year warranty. The panels are warranted to be free from defects in material and workmanship for a period of three years from the date of shipment.

See product warranty for details and limitations.

* The ASTM E 84 standard should be used to measure and describe the properties of materials, products or assemblies in response to heat and flame under controlled laboratory conditions and should not be used to describe or appraise the fire hazard or fire risk of materials, products or assemblies under actual fire conditions. However, results of this test may be used as elements of a fire risk assessment, which takes into, account all of the factors, which are pertinent to an assessment of the fire hazard of a particular end use. Values are reported to the nearest 5 rating.

** CID FONT **

** FONT NAME ** Arial,Bold ** 207 ** 45

** CID FONT **

** FONT NAME ** Arial ** 33 ** 32 ** 50 ** 49 ** 59 ** 58 ** 69 ** 68 ** 74 ** 73 ** 81 ** 80 ** 84 ** 83 ** 88 ** 87 ** 98 ** 97 ** 99 ** 98 ** 100 ** 99 ** 101 ** 100 ** 102 ** 101 ** 103 ** 102 ** 104 ** 103 ** 105 ** 104 ** 106 ** 105 ** 107 ** 106 ** 109 ** 108 ** 110 ** 109 ** 111 ** 110 ** 112 ** 111 ** 113 ** 112 ** 115 ** 114 ** 116 ** 115 ** 117 ** 116 ** 118 ** 117 ** 119 ** 118 ** 120 ** 119 ** 122 ** 121 ** 207 ** 45 ** 212 ** 39

** CID FONT **

** FONT NAME ** ArialBlack,Italic ** 83 ** 82 ** 101 ** 100 ** 102 ** 101 ** 111 ** 110 ** 112 ** 111 ** 113 ** 112 ** 116 ** 115

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 Work in this section shall be subject to drawings, general conditions, schedules, addenda and other contract documents.

1.2 The extent of the acoustical panels is shown on the drawings and in the schedules.

1.3 Submit _______ (select quantity) samples of each type of acoustical panel as shown on the drawings and in schedules and include appropriate technical information including test data and maintenance instructions. Submit __________ (select quantity) fabric selector cards from manufacturer’s standard finishes, or designer specified finishes.

1.4 Acoustical panels shall be installed according to manufacturer’s recommendations and instructions.

1.5 Installation of acoustical panels shall not begin until all wet work (plastering, concrete, etc.) is completed and dry. Building shall be properly enclosed and under standard occupancy conditions (temperature of 60-85°F and not more than 70% relative humidity) before installation begins.

1.6 The contractor shall be responsible for the examination and acceptance of all surfaces and conditions prior to the acoustical panel installation.

1.7 Substitutions or changes will only be permitted by prior approval by the architect.

PART 2 MATERIALS

2.1 Acoustical wall panels shall be: Foundations Wall Panels as manufactured by Conwed Designscape|Wall Technology, 800 Gustafson Road, Ladysmith, WI 54848. Phone (800) 932-2383, fax (800) 833-4798.

2.2 Acoustical Panels shall be constructed of a composite core construction of dimensionally stable rigid fiberglass of 6-7 pcf density laminated to 1/8” 16-20 pcf molded glass fiber. Thickness (choose one) 3/4”, 1”, 1-1/2”, 2”, 3”, 4” plus 1/8” or custom ____________ (specify).

2.3 Sizes: ______ width and _______ high or as shown on drawings. Standard maximum size is 48” wide x 120” high. Custom or larger sizes available; consult manufacturer. Panels are to be manufactured according to field dimensions supplied by the installing contractor. Standard tolerances are ± 1/16” in width and length.

2.4 Edge profile shall be: Square, full bevel, half-bevel, miter, or custom __________________ (specify). Corner detail shall be: Square or custom _______________ (specify). Edge treatment shall be: resin hardened, aluminum or high-pressure laminate (with square edge only) or custom _______________ (specify).

2.5 Panel finish shall be soft texture acoustically transparent finish. Finish shall be applied directly over the face and edges of the panel to provide a full finished edge. All corners are fully tailored. Note: factory painting is available and referred to as “Subtle Texture”.

2.6 Mounting shall be: Adhesive/Resin, Impaling/Adhesive, Lay-in, Magnet, Spline, VELCRO,® Panel Clip to Z-Bar, Panel Clip to Double Wall Clip, Z-Bar to Z-Bar, Aluminum Z-Clips, Panel Clips/VELCRO® or custom ________________ (specify). Adhesive, miscellaneous fasteners, (i.e. nails, screws, etc.) and standard continuous wall leveling angle are to be supplied by the contractor.

2.7 Acoustical Performance – panels shall have a minimum NRC of _____ (please specify).

2.8 Flammability – All panel components shall have a Class “A” fire rating in accordance with ASTM E-84.

Thank you for choosing Conwed Designscape|Wall

Technology for your acoustical needs.

The information provided above is correct to the best of our knowledge at time of printing. We reserve the right to make changes without prior notification.

DISCLAIMER OF LIABILITY

Technical information contained herein is furnished without charge or obligation and is given and accepted at recipient’s sole risk. Because conditions of use may vary and are beyond our control, Owens Corning makes no representation about, and is not responsible or liable for the accuracy or reliability of data associated with particular uses of any product described herein. Nothing contained in this bulletin shall be considered a recommendation.

Product Data Sheet

��

T: 1-800-932-2383F: 1-800-833-4798www.conweddesignscape.com

�� !��"��#�$� �� %!�&�'��(�'��)*"��+�!��,�� &&� �,�� "�"!-"��

�../��!",��"!"��!�"�!0��#�$��!""��1��&��,�+��&��

FOUNDATIONS WALL PANELS

** CID FONT **

** FONT NAME ** Arial ** 33 ** 32 ** 50 ** 49 ** 59 ** 58 ** 69 ** 68 ** 74 ** 73 ** 81 ** 80 ** 84 ** 83 ** 88 ** 87 ** 98 ** 97 ** 99 ** 98 ** 100 ** 99 ** 101 ** 100 ** 102 ** 101 ** 103 ** 102 ** 104 ** 103 ** 105 ** 104 ** 106 ** 105 ** 107 ** 106 ** 109 ** 108 ** 110 ** 109 ** 111 ** 110 ** 112 ** 111 ** 113 ** 112 ** 115 ** 114 ** 116 ** 115 ** 117 ** 116 ** 118 ** 117 ** 119 ** 118 ** 120 ** 119 ** 122 ** 121 ** 207 ** 45 ** 212 ** 39

** CID FONT **

** FONT NAME ** GillSans ** 33 ** 32 ** 46 ** 44 ** 47 ** 45 ** 48 ** 46 ** 50 ** 48 ** 51 ** 49 ** 52 ** 50 ** 54 ** 52 ** 55 ** 53 ** 56 ** 54 ** 58 ** 56 ** 67 ** 65 ** 68 ** 66 ** 69 ** 67 ** 70 ** 68 ** 71 ** 69 ** 73 ** 71 ** 78 ** 76 ** 80 ** 78 ** 81 ** 79 ** 82 ** 80 ** 84 ** 82 ** 85 ** 83 ** 87 ** 85 ** 89 ** 87 ** 99 ** 97 ** 100 ** 98 ** 101 ** 99 ** 102 ** 100 ** 103 ** 101 ** 104 ** 102 ** 105 ** 103 ** 106 ** 104 ** 107 ** 105 ** 109 ** 107 ** 110 ** 108 ** 111 ** 109 ** 112 ** 110 ** 113 ** 111 ** 114 ** 112 ** 116 ** 114 ** 117 ** 115 ** 118 ** 116 ** 119 ** 117 ** 120 ** 118 ** 121 ** 119 ** 123 ** 121 ** 170 ** 169

** CID FONT **

** FONT NAME ** Univers-Black ** 33 ** 32 ** 66 ** 65 ** 68 ** 67 ** 69 ** 68 ** 74 ** 73 ** 79 ** 78 ** 80 ** 79 ** 81 ** 80 ** 83 ** 82 ** 85 ** 84

http://www.conweddesignscape.com

Product Data Sheet

REBOUND PANELS

APPLICATIONConwed Designscape|Wall Technology Rebound fabric-covered wall and ceiling panels are designed for use in high abuse areas requiring sound absorption. A sheet of perforated co-polymer under the fabric allows sound absorption while withstanding many forms of punishment. Use in gymnasiums, hotels, multi-purpose rooms – anywhere requiring a durable, acoustically absorbent panel.

CONSTRUCTIONThis panel features a dimensionally stable 6-7 PCF fiberglass core, with a 1/16” resilient perforated co-polymer face sheet. Panels are finished with Class A-rated fabric and arrive ready-to-install in any commercial application. Finishes are completely adhered to the face of the panel and returned to the back for a full finished edge. All corners are fully tailored.

SIZE AVAILABILITYThicknesses include: 1-1/16”, 1-9/16” and 2-1/16”. Widths are up to 48”, and lengths to 10’. Custom widths up to 53” are available.

EDGE DETAILAll edges are resin hardened, unless otherwise specified. Corner choices include: square, bevel, and radius.

FINISHA wide variety of fabrics are available from all major brands, including Guilford, Maharam, Knoll, Carnegie, and Designtex. A comprehensive selection of vinyl coverings are available from Sanitas Kalahari, Designtex and Maharam.

MOUNTINGStandard mountings include spot and perimeter adhesive, Z-clip, concealed splines, impaling clips, hook & loop, and magnetic fasteners. Z-Bar to Z-Bar is recommended for ceilings.

ACOUSTICAL PERFORMANCEOur products are constantly modified to achieve their maximum acoustical performance while providing the aesthetics desired in their applications. Panels are available in a variety of thickness, and their performances are tested in accordance to ASTM procedures in a NVLAP accredited laboratory. Please consult with your Local Representative, or the Company’s Technical Services Department for assistance in determining the proper panels, and their acoustical specifications, for your application.

FIRE PERFORMANCEEach component has been tested according to ASTM E 84* and has a Class I/A rating.

R-VALUEThe R-Value is resistivity to heat or cold, and is an important factor in choosing a finish.

1” 4.11-1/2” 6.22” 8.33” 12.54” 16.6

RECYCLED CONTENTRebound wall and ceiling panels can utilize an Owens Corning fiberglass board core that is third-party certified for recycled content. The board is certified by SCS to contain at least 57% recycled glass.


WARRANTY3-YEAR WARRANTYRebound acoustical panels have a limited 3-year warranty starting from date of shipment. The panels are warranted to be free from defects in material and workmanship.


* The ASTM E 84 standard should be used to measure and describe the properties of materials, products or assemblies in response to heat and flame under controlled laboratory conditions and should not be used to describe or appraise the fire hazard or fire risk of materials, products or assemblies under actual fire conditions. However, results of this test may be used as elements of a fire risk assessment, which takes into, account all of the factors, which are pertinent to an assessment of the fire hazard of a particular end use. Values are reported to the nearest 5 rating

Product Data Sheet

REBOUND PANELS

PART 1 GENERAL








PART 2 MATERIALS

2.1 Acoustical panels shall be: Rebound Panels as manufactured by Conwed Designscape|Wall Technology, 800 Gustafson Road, Ladysmith, WI 54848. Phone (800) 932-2383, fax (800) 833-4798.

2.2 Acoustical Panels shall be constructed of a composite core construction of dimensionally stable rigid fiberglass of medium density, laminated to a 1/16” resilient perforated co-polymer face sheet. Thickness (choose one) 1-1/16”, 1-9/16”, 2-1/16” or custom __________ (specify).

2.3 Sizes: ______ width and _______ high or as shown on drawings. Standard maximum size is 48” wide x 120” high (nominal). Custom or larger sizes up to 53” widths are available; consult manufacturer. Panels are to be manufactured according to field dimensions supplied by the installing contractor. Standard tolerances are ± 1/16” in width and length.

2.4 Edge profile shall be: Square, full bevel, half-bevel, miter, or custom __________________ (specify). Corner detail shall be: Square, radius or custom _______________ (specify). Edge treatment shall be: resin hardened, aluminum or high-pressure laminate (with square edge only), wood (all profiles available) or custom _______________ (specify).

2.5 Panel finish shall be ________________________________________ (specify finish manufacturer, pattern, color and specifier). Finish shall be applied directly over the face and edges of the panel and returned to the back of the panel to provide a full finished edge. All corners are fully tailored.

2.6 Mounting shall be: Adhesive/Resin, Adhesive No Resin, Impaling/Adhesive, Lay-in, Magnet, Spline, VELCRO®, Panel Clip to Wall Bar, Panel Clip to Double Wall Clip, Z-Bar to Z-Bar (recommended for ceilings), Aluminum Z-Clips, Panel Clips/VELCRO® or custom ________________ (specify). Adhesive, miscellaneous fasteners, (i.e. nails, screws, etc.) and standard continuous wall leveling angle are to be supplied by the contractor.


2.8 Flammability – All panel components shall have a Class “A”

fire rating in accordance with ASTM E-84.

2.9 R-Value is _____. (Calculated using the R-factor of 4.16 per inch of thickness.)



The information provided above is correct to the best of our

knowledge at time of printing. We reserve the right to make

changes without prior notification.



��


��'�� !��"��#�$� �� %!�&�'��(�'��)*"��+�!��,�� &&� �,�� "�"!-"��

�../��!",��"!"��!�"�!0��#�$��!""��1��&��,�+��&��

** CID FONT **

** FONT NAME ** GillSans ** 33 ** 32 ** 46 ** 44 ** 47 ** 45 ** 48 ** 46 ** 50 ** 48 ** 51 ** 49 ** 52 ** 50 ** 54 ** 52 ** 55 ** 53 ** 58 ** 56 ** 67 ** 65 ** 68 ** 66 ** 69 ** 67 ** 70 ** 68 ** 71 ** 69 ** 73 ** 71 ** 78 ** 76 ** 80 ** 78 ** 81 ** 79 ** 82 ** 80 ** 84 ** 82 ** 85 ** 83 ** 87 ** 85 ** 89 ** 87 ** 99 ** 97 ** 100 ** 98 ** 101 ** 99 ** 102 ** 100 ** 103 ** 101 ** 104 ** 102 ** 105 ** 103 ** 106 ** 104 ** 107 ** 105 ** 109 ** 107 ** 110 ** 108 ** 111 ** 109 ** 112 ** 110 ** 113 ** 111 ** 114 ** 112 ** 116 ** 114 ** 117 ** 115 ** 118 ** 116 ** 119 ** 117 ** 120 ** 118 ** 121 ** 119 ** 123 ** 121 ** 170 ** 169

** CID FONT **



Product Data Sheet

RESIST PANELS

APPLICATIONConwed Designscape|Wall Technology Resist Acoustical Wall Panels are designed for gymnasiums and multi-purpose areas. The resilient fiberglass core springs back on impact to resist permanent deformation. This is an economical approach to sound absorption and abuse resistance.

CONSTRUCTIONThe core construction is a dimensionally stable 6 PCF resilient fiberglass board with optional resin hardened edge protection. Classic construction: unhardened edges combined with a non-woven ribbed polyester fabric wrap. Finishes are completely adhered to the face of the panel and returned to the back for a full finished edge. All corners are fully tailored.

SIZE AVAILABILITYAvailable thicknesses are 1-1/8” and 2-1/8”. Widths are up to 48”, and lengths to 10’. Sizes up to 60” x 120” are available in some non-classic fabrics.

EDGE DETAILIn the classic construction with Whispertex fabric, edges are unhardened; however resin hardened edges are available in other fabrics. Available choices include: square, radius, bevel, half bevel, and radius corners.

FINISHClassic Resist finish is Whispertex Plisse, a ribbed non-woven fabric (shown). Other finishes of choice include Whispertex Coppersmith, which is not ribbed, and Guilford 2100.


ACOUSTICAL PERFORMANCEResist Acoustical Wall Panels provide excellent acoustical performance for gymnasiums and multi-purpose areas, and virtually anywhere sound absorption is required.


WARRANTY3-YEAR WARRANTYResist Acoustical panels have a limited 3-year warranty starting from date of purchase. The panels are warranted to be free from defects in material and workmanship.



Product Data Sheet

RESIST PANELS

��


��/��!��"��#�$� �� %!�&�'��(�'��)*"��+�!��,�� &&� �,�� "�"!-"��

�../��!",��"!"��!�"�!0��#�$��!""��1��&��,�+��&��

PART 1 GENERAL








PART 2 MATERIALS

2.1 Acoustical wall panels shall be: Resist Acoustical Wall Panels as manufactured by Conwed Designscape|Wall Technology 800 Gustafson Road, Ladysmith, WI 54848. Phone (800) 932-2383, fax (800) 833-4798

2.2 Acoustical Panels shall be constructed of a composite core construction of dimensionally stable, rigid, resilient fiberglass of 6-pcf density. Thickness (choose one): 1-1/8”, 2-1/8 or custom ____________ (specify).

2.3 Sizes: ______ width and _______ high or as shown on drawings. Standard maximum size is 48” wide x 120” high (nominal). Custom or larger sizes available; consult manufacturer. Panels are to be manufactured according to field dimensions supplied by the installing contractor. Standard tolerances are ± 1/16” in width and length.

2.4 Edge profile shall be: Square, radius, full bevel, half-bevel, miter, or custom __________________ (specify). Corner detail shall be: Square, radius or custom _______________ (specify). Edge treatment shall be: un-hardened, resin hardened, aluminum or high-pressure laminate (with square edge only), wood (all profiles available) or custom _______________ (specify).


2.6 Mounting shall be: Adhesive / Resin, Adhesive No Resin, Impaling/Adhesive, Lay-in, Magnet, Rotofast (some limitations), Spline, VELCRO®, Z-Clip to Z-bar, Z-Clip to Double Wall Clip, Z-Bar to Z-Bar, Aluminum Z-Clips, Z-Clip/VELCRO® or custom ________________ (specify). Adhesive, miscellaneous fasteners, (i.e. nails, screws, etc.) and standard continuous wall leveling angle are to be supplied by the contractor.

2.7 Acoustical Performance – panels shall have a minimum NRC of _____ (please specify) in accordance with ASTM C-423 (Type “D5” Mounting).

2.8 Flammability – All panel components shall have a Class

“A” fire rating in accordance with ASTM E-84.








** CID FONT **


** CID FONT **



Product Data Sheet

RESPOND® A SERIES A100/A200/A300/A400

APPLICATIONThe Conwed Designscape|Wall Technology Respond®A Series (A100, A200, A300, and A400) panels are economical, all purpose acoustical wall and ceiling panels designed for use where sound absorption and value are the main criteria. This series panel is suitable for auditoriums, theatres, offices and libraries: anywhere noise control is needed and critical lighting and high abuse resistance are not factors.

CONSTRUCTIONThe core construction is a dimensionally stable 6-7 PCF fiberglass board with chemically hardened edge protection. Finishes are completely adhered to the face of the panel and returned to the back for a full finished edge. All corners are fully tailored.

SIZE AVAILABILITY Available thicknesses are 3/4”, 1”, 1-1/2”, 2”, 3”, and 4”. Standard maximum size is 4’ x 10’. 4” maximum is 4’ x 6’ or 24 square feet. Custom size is our standard!

EDGE DETAIL All edges are resin hardened, unless otherwise specified. Available choices include: square, radius, bevel, and radius corners.

FINISHESA wide variety of fabrics are available from all major brands, including Guilford, Maharam, Knoll, Carnegie, and Designtex. A comprehensive selection of vinyl coverings is available from Sanitas Kalahari, Designtex and Maharam.


ACOUSTICAL PERFORMANCEOur products are constantly modified to achieve their maximum acoustical performance while providing the aesthetics desired in their applications. Panels are available in a variety of thickness, and their performances are tested in accordance to ASTM procedures in a NVLAP accredited laboratory.

Please consult with your Sales Representative, or the Company’s Technical Services Department for assistance in determining the proper panels, and their acoustical specifications, for your application.

R-VALUE The R-Value is resistivity to heat or cold, and is an important factor in choosing a finish.

Thickness R-Value

1” 4.1

1-1/2” 6.2

2” 8.3

3” 12.5

4” 16.6

FIRE PERFORMANCE All components have been tested according to ASTM E 84*

and have a Class I/A rating.

RECYCLED CONTENT A Series panels can utilize an Owens Corning fiberglass board core that is third-party certified for recycled content. The board is certified by SCS to contain at least 57% recycled glass.


WARRANTY3-YEAR WARRANTYA Series Acoustical panels have a limited 3-year warranty starting from date of shipment. The panels are warranted to be free from defects in material and workmanship.



PART 1 GENERAL1.1 Work in this section shall be subject to drawings, general

conditions, schedules, addenda and other contract documents.







PART 2 MATERIALS2.1 Acoustical wall panels shall be: Respond® A Series

Acoustical Wall Panels as manufactured by Conwed Designscape|Wall Technology, 800 Gustafson Road, Ladysmith, WI 54848. Phone (800) 932-2383, fax (800) 833-4798.

2.2 Acoustical Panels shall be constructed of a composite core construction of dimensionally stable rigid fiberglass of 6-7 pcf density. Thickness (choose one) 1/2”, 3/4”, 1”, 1-1/2”, 2”, 3”, 4” or custom __________ (specify).

2.3 Sizes: ______ width and _______ high or as shown on drawings. Maximum size is 4’ x 10’ for 3/4”, 1”, 1-1/2”, 2”, 3”. 4”maximum is 4’ x 6’ or 24 square feet due to weight. Custom or larger sizes available; consult manufacturer. Panels are to be manufactured according to field dimensions supplied by the installing contractor. Standard tolerances are ± 1/16” in width and length.

2.4 Edge profile shall be: Square, radius, full bevel, half-bevel, miter, or custom __________________ (specify). Corner detail shall be: Square, radius or custom _______________________ (specify). Edge treatment shall be: resin hardened, aluminum or high-pressure laminate (with square edge only), wood (all profiles available) or custom _______________ (specify).


2.6 Mounting shall be: Adhesive/Resin, Adhesive No Resin, Impaling/Adhesive, Lay-in, Magnet, Spline, VELCRO,® Panel Clip to Z-Bar, Panel Clip to Double Wall Clip, Z-Bar to Z-Bar (strongly recommended for ceilings), Aluminum Z-Clips, Panel Clips/VELCRO® or custom ________________ (specify). Leveling angles are supplied if appropriate. Adhesive, miscellaneous fasteners, (i.e. nails, screws, etc.) and standard continuous wall leveling angle are to be supplied by the contractor.




Thank you for choosing Conwed Designscape|Wall Technology for your acoustical needs.


DISCLAIMER OF LIABILITYTechnical information contained herein is furnished without charge or obligation and is given and accepted at recipient’s sole risk. Because conditions of use may vary and are beyond our control, Owens Corning makes no representation about, and is not responsible or liable for the accuracy or reliability of data associated with particular uses of any product described herein. Nothing contained in this bulletin shall be considered a recommendation.

Product Data Sheet

RESPOND® A SERIES A100/A200/A300/A400

��


��22��!��"��#�$� �� %!�&�'��(�'��)*"��+�!��,�� &&� �,�� "�"!-"��

�../��!",��"!"��!�"�!0��#�$��!""��1��&��,�+��&��

** CID FONT **


** CID FONT **



Product Data Sheet

RESPOND® IR SERIESIR108/IR308/IR408

APPLICATIONConwed Designscape|Wall Technology Respond® IR Series (IR108/IR308/IR408) panels are designed for high traffic areas requiring impact-resistant tackable surfaces with excellent acoustical absorption. Use in corridors, lobbies, hallways and similar areas.

CONSTRUCTIONThe core construction is a dimensionally stable 6-7 pcf glass fiberboard with resin hardened edge protection laminated with a 1/8” 16-20 pcf molded glass fiber. Finishes are completely adhered to the face of the panel and returned to the back for a full finished edge. All corners are fully tailored.

SIZE AVAILABILITYAvailable in ½”, ¾”, 1”, 1-½” 2”, 3” and 4” thicknesses, plus 1/8” molded glass fiberboard. Maximum sizes for 1”, 2”, 3” are either 4’x12’ or 5’x10’. 4” maximum is 4’ x 6’ or 24 square feet. Custom sizes are standard!

EDGE DETAILAll edges are resin hardened, unless otherwise specified. Available choices include: square, radius, bevel, and radius corners.

FINISHA wide variety of fabrics are available from all major brands, including Guilford, Maharam, Knoll, Carnegie, and Designtex. A comprehensive selection of vinyl coverings is available from Santas Kalahari, Designtex and Maharam.


ACOUSTICAL PERFORMANCEOur products are constantly modified to achieve their maximum acoustical performance while providing the aesthetics desired in their applications. Panels are available in a variety of thickness, and their performances are tested in accordance to ASTM procedures in a NVLAP accredited laboratory. Please consult with your Local Representative, or the Company’s Technical Services Department for assistance in determining the proper panels, and their acoustical specifications, for your application.


R-VALUEThe R-Value is resistivity to heat or cold, and is an important factor in choosing a finish. 1” 4.1 1-1/2” 6.2 2” 8.3 3” 12.5 4” 16.6

RECYCLED CONTENTRespond® IR Series panels can utilize an Owens Corning fiberglass board core that is third-party certified for recycled content. The board is certified by SCS to contain at least 57% recycled glass.


WARRANTY3-YEAR WARRANTYRespond® IR108 Series Acoustical Panels have a limited 3-year warranty starting from date of shipment. The panels are warranted to be free from defects in material and workmanship.



** CID FONT **

** FONT NAME ** TimesNewRomanPS-BoldMT ** 41 ** 40 ** 42 ** 41 ** 46 ** 45 ** 66 ** 65 ** 85 ** 84 ** 98 ** 97 ** 100 ** 99 ** 108 ** 107 ** 117 ** 116

** CID FONT **

** FONT NAME ** TimesNewRomanPSMT ** 168 ** 174

** CID FONT **

** FONT NAME ** BookAntiqua ** 74 ** 73

** CID FONT **

** FONT NAME ** Arial-ItalicMT ** 83 ** 82 ** 101 ** 100 ** 102 ** 101 ** 111 ** 110 ** 112 ** 111 ** 113 ** 112 ** 116 ** 115

** CID FONT **

** FONT NAME ** ArialMT ** 33 ** 32 ** 34 ** 33 ** 35 ** 34 ** 38 ** 37 ** 39 ** 38 ** 43 ** 42 ** 45 ** 44 ** 46 ** 45 ** 47 ** 46 ** 48 ** 47 ** 49 ** 48 ** 50 ** 49 ** 51 ** 50 ** 52 ** 51 ** 53 ** 52 ** 54 ** 53 ** 55 ** 54 ** 56 ** 55 ** 57 ** 56 ** 58 ** 57 ** 59 ** 58 ** 60 ** 59 ** 66 ** 65 ** 67 ** 66 ** 68 ** 67 ** 69 ** 68 ** 70 ** 69 ** 71 ** 70 ** 72 ** 71 ** 73 ** 72 ** 74 ** 73 ** 76 ** 75 ** 77 ** 76 ** 78 ** 77 ** 79 ** 78 ** 80 ** 79 ** 81 ** 80 ** 83 ** 82 ** 84 ** 83 ** 85 ** 84 ** 86 ** 85 ** 87 ** 86 ** 88 ** 87 ** 91 ** 90 ** 98 ** 97 ** 99 ** 98 ** 100 ** 99 ** 101 ** 100 ** 102 ** 101 ** 103 ** 102 ** 104 ** 103 ** 105 ** 104 ** 106 ** 105 ** 107 ** 106 ** 108 ** 107 ** 109 ** 108 ** 110 ** 109 ** 111 ** 110 ** 112 ** 111 ** 113 ** 112 ** 114 ** 113 ** 115 ** 114 ** 116 ** 115 ** 117 ** 116 ** 118 ** 117 ** 119 ** 118 ** 120 ** 119 ** 121 ** 120 ** 122 ** 121 ** 123 ** 122 ** 212 ** 39 ** 210 ** 8221

** CID FONT **

** FONT NAME ** Arial-BoldMT ** 33 ** 32 ** 45 ** 44 ** 46 ** 45 ** 48 ** 47 ** 49 ** 48 ** 50 ** 49 ** 51 ** 50 ** 52 ** 51 ** 53 ** 52 ** 54 ** 53 ** 55 ** 54 ** 66 ** 65 ** 67 ** 66 ** 68 ** 67 ** 69 ** 68 ** 70 ** 69 ** 71 ** 70 ** 72 ** 71 ** 73 ** 72 ** 74 ** 73 ** 75 ** 74 ** 77 ** 76 ** 78 ** 77 ** 79 ** 78 ** 80 ** 79 ** 81 ** 80 ** 83 ** 82 ** 84 ** 83 ** 85 ** 84 ** 86 ** 85 ** 87 ** 86 ** 88 ** 87 ** 90 ** 89 ** 91 ** 90 ** 98 ** 97 ** 100 ** 99 ** 101 ** 100 ** 102 ** 101 ** 103 ** 102 ** 104 ** 103 ** 105 ** 104 ** 106 ** 105 ** 109 ** 108 ** 110 ** 109 ** 111 ** 110 ** 112 ** 111 ** 113 ** 112 ** 115 ** 114 ** 116 ** 115 ** 117 ** 116 ** 118 ** 117

Product Data Sheet

RESPOND® IR SERIESIR108/IR308/IR408

��


�� !��"��#�$� �� %!�&�'��(�'��)*"��+�!��,�� &&� �,�� "�"!-"��

�../��!",��"!"��!�"�!0��#�$��!""��1��&��,�+��&��

PART 1 GENERAL








PART 2 MATERIALS

2.1 Acoustical wall panels shall be: Respond® IR Series Acoustical Wall Panels as manufactured by Conwed Designscape|Wall Technology, 800 Gustafson Road, Ladysmith, WI 54848. Phone (800) 932-2383, fax (800) 833-4798

2.2 Acoustical Panels shall be constructed of a composite core construction of dimensionally stable rigid fiberglass of 6-7 pcf density laminated to 1/8” 16-20 pcf molded glass fiber. Thickness (choose one) ½”, ¾”, 1”, 1-½”, 2”, 3”, 4” plus 1/8” or custom ________(specify).

2.3 Sizes: ______ width and _______ high or as shown on drawings. Standard maximum size is 4’ x 12’ or 5’ x 10’ (nominal) for 1”, 2” and 3”. 4’ x 10’ is the maximum size for ½”, ¾” and 1-½”. 4” is limited (by weight) to 24 square feet; either 4’ x 6’ or 2’ x 12’ or custom. Panels are to be manufactured according to field dimensions supplied by the installing contractor.

2.4 Edge profile shall be: Square, radius, full bevel, half-bevel, miter, or custom __________________ (specify). Corner detail shall be: Square, radius or custom _______________ (specify). Edge treatment shall be: resin hardened, aluminum or high-pressure laminate (with square edge only), wood (all profiles available) or custom ____________ (specify).

2.5 Panel finish shall be _________________________ ____________ (specify finish manufacturer, pattern, color and specifier). Finish shall be applied directly over the face and edges of the panel and returned to the back of the panel to provide a full finished edge. All corners are fully tailored.

2.6 Mounting shall be: Adhesive/Resin, Adhesive No Resin, Impaling/Adhesive, Lay-in, Magnet, Spline, VELCRO®, Panel Clip to Z-Bar, Panel Clip to Double Wall Clip, Z-Bar to Z-Bar, Aluminum Z-Clips, Panel Clips/VELCRO® or custom ____________ (specify). Adhesive, miscellaneous fasteners, (i.e. nails, screws, etc.) and standard continuous wall leveling angle are to be supplied by the contractor.








** CID FONT **


** CID FONT **



Product Data Sheet

RESPOND® TK/AC PANELS

APPLICATIONConwed Designscape|Wall Technology Respond® TK/AC Acoustical Panels are an economical, lightweight tackable panel with moderate sound absorption and blocking capabilities. They are ideal for display areas, meeting rooms, school rooms or in any place that requires tackability and moderate sound absorption at a value.

CONSTRUCTIONRespond® TK/AC Acoustical Panels are a single core construction of high-density perforated mineral fiberboard, ½” or 5/8” thick. Finishes are completely adhered to the face of the panel and returned to the back for a full finished edge. All corners are fully tailored.

SIZE AVAILABILITYAvailable thicknesses are ½” and 5/8” (¾” nominal). Custom sizes are available up to 48” x 120” (nominal). Standard tolerance is ± 1/16”.

EDGE DETAILAvailable choices include: square, radius, bevel, miter, kerf or custom. Radius corners are also available. FINISHA wide variety of fabrics are available from all major brands, including Guilford, Maharam, Knoll, Carnegie, and Designtex. A comprehensive selection of vinyl coverings is available from Webcore, Designtex and Maharam.

MOUNTINGStandard mountings include perimeter adhesive, hook & loop, Z-clip plates and concealed splines.

EXCELLENT ACOUSTICAL PERFORMANCE Respond® TK/AC Acoustical Panels provide optimal acoustical performance for meeting areas and schoolrooms, where a combination of moderate sound absorption and sound blocking is required.

Respond® TK/AC Acoustical Panels have been tested for their acoustical performance in accordance with ASTM C-423 with Type A mounting:

Thickness NRC5/8” Fabric .355/8” Vinyl .35

Thickness STC5/8” Core 26

½” core is not perforated and therefore is not rated for NRC; Noise Reduction Coefficient.


RECYCLED CONTENTRespond® TK/AC Acoustical Panels can utilize an Owens Corning fiberglass board core that is third-party certified for recycled content. The board is certified by SCS to contain at least 57% recycled glass.


WARRANTY3-YEAR WARRANTYRespond® TK/AC Acoustical Panels have a limited 3-year warranty starting from date of purchase. The panels are warranted to be free from defects in material and workmanship.


* The ASTM E 84 standard should be used to measure and describe the properties of materials, products or assemblies in response to heat and flame under controlled laboratory conditions and should not be used to describe or appraise the fire hazard or fire risk of materials, products or assemblies under actual fire conditions. However, results of this test may be used as elements of a fire risk assessment, which takes into account all of the factors which are pertinent to an assessment of the fire hazard of a particular end use. Values are reported to the nearest 5 rating.

PART 1 GENERAL





1.5 Installation of acoustical panels shall not begin until all wet work (plastering, concrete, etc.) is completed and dry. Building shall be properly enclosed and under standard occupancy conditions (temperature of 60-85° F and not more than 70% relative humidity) before installation begins.



PART 2 MATERIALS

2.1 Acoustical wall panels shall be: Respond® TK/AC Acoustical Panels as manufactured by Conwed Designscape|Wall Technology, 800 Gustafson Road, Ladysmith, WI 54848. Phone (800) 932-2383, fax (800) 833-4798.

2.2 Acoustical Panels shall have a single core construction of dimensionally stable Mineral Fiber Board of not less than 22 pcf density, and not more than 0.1% hygrometric expansion from 50% to 90% R.H. Thickness is either ½” or 5/8”.

2.3 Sizes: ______ width and _______ high or as shown on drawings. Maximum size is 48” wide x 120” high (nominal). Custom sizes available; consult manufacturer. Panels are to be manufactured according to field dimensions supplied by the installing contractor. Standard tolerances are ± 1/16” in width and length.

2.4 Edge profile shall be: Square, radius, half-bevel, miter, kerf or custom __________________ (specify). Corner detail shall be: Square or radius.


2.6 Mounting shall be: Adhesive No Resin (Perimeter Adhesive), VELCRO®, concealed spline, Z-Clip Plates and Z-Bars. Adhesive, miscellaneous fasteners, (i.e. nails, screws, etc.) and standard continuous wall leveling angle are to be supplied by the contractor.

2.7 Acoustical Performance – panels shall have a minimum NRC of _____ (please specify) in accordance with ASTM C-423 (Type “A” Mounting). Note: ½” core is not perforated and therefore not rated for NRC.






Product Data Sheet

��


��3� ��!��"��#�$� �� %!�&�'��(�'��)*"��+�!��,�� &&� �,�� "�"!-"��

�../��!",��"!"��!�"�!0��#�$��!""��1��&��,�+��&��

RESPOND® TK/AC PANELS

** CID FONT **


** CID FONT **



Product Data Sheet

ACCESS CEILING SYSTEM

APPLICATIONThe Access Ceiling System is intended for commercial interiors requiring a monolithic appearance, excellent acoustics and fast and easy access to the plenum area.

CONSTRUCTIONThe patented Access Ceiling panels feature a strong aluminum frame, with several exposed surface finishes to choose from. The strong rigid and easy to install grid system is made with an extruded main grid and V-shaped spacer bars. The fully accessible panels are supported by torsion springs engaging the grid structure. Flat panels can have non-metal curving edge. A floating cloud appearance can be created via 4” and 6” integral returned edges.

Core construction is a dimensionally stable 6-7 pcf glass fiberboard with 1/8” 16-20 pcf molded glass facer.

All system components are rust-free aluminum and galvanized steel to minimize maintenance.

SIZE AVAILABILITY Typical sizes range from 4’ x 4’ up to maximum sizes of 4’ x 12’ and 5’ x 10’.

EDGE DETAIL The Access Ceiling System has a virtually seamless neutral look that enhances any interior design. Fully framed edges are slightly beveled to create a discrete and attractive 1/8” reveal between panels.

FINISHES• Foundations is a factory-finished proprietary white,

acoustically transparent covering with a ‘soft drywall’ look available in white.

• Factory painted finish.

• A wide variety of fabrics are available from all major brands, including Guilford, Maharam, Knoll, Carnegie, and Designtex.

EXCELLENT ACOUSTICAL PERFORMANCEPanels have an NRC rating of 0.90. The noise reduction coefficient was tested in accordance with ASTM C-423 on type E-400 mounting.

Need an engineered solution for your new ceiling? Call today!!

FIRE PERFORMANCE All components have been tested according to ASTM E 84* and have a Class I/A rating.

RECYCLED CONTENT The Access Ceiling System can utilize an Owens Corning fiberglass board core that is third-party certified for recycled content. The board is certified by SCS to contain at least 57% recycled glass.


WARRANTY3-YEAR WARRANTYAccess Ceiling System has a limited 3-year warranty. The panels are warranted to be free from defects in material and workmanship for a period of three years from the date of shipment.




Product Data Sheet

��


��3� ��!��"��#�$� �� %!�&�'��(�'��)*"��+�!��,�� &&� �,�� "�"!-"��

�../��!",��"!"��!�"�!0��#�$��!""��1��&��,�+��&��









PART 2 MATERIALS2.1 Acoustical ceiling panels shall be: Access Ceiling Systems

manufactured by Conwed Designscape|Wall Technology, 800 Gustafson Road, Ladysmith, WI 54848. Phone (800) 932-2383, fax (800) 833-4798.

2.2 Acoustical Panels shall be constructed of 1-1/8” thick aluminum framed 6-7 pcf fiberglass and 16-20 pcf impact resistant molded fiberglass.

2.3 Sizes: ______ width and _______ high or as shown on drawings. Standard maximum size is 4’ x 12’ and 5’ x 10’ for flat panels. Custom sizes are available; consult manufacturer. Panels are to be manufactured according to field dimensions supplied by the installing contractor. Standard tolerances are ±1/16” in width and length.

2.4 Edge profile shall be: Slightly beveled to create 1/8” reveal. Flat panel can have non-metal curving edge. 3” to 6” integral returned edges are available.

2.5 Panel finish shall be Foundations, factory painted, or fabric ______________________________________(specify manufacturer, pattern, color and specifier). Fabric shall be applied directly over the face and edges and returned to the back to provide a full finished edge. All corners are fully tailored.

2.6 Torsion spring mounting, grid mains and spacer bars are provided (attached by others)). Adhesive and miscellaneous fasteners, (i.e. nails, screws, etc are to be supplied by the contractor.

2.7 Acoustical Performance – panels shall have a minimum NRC of _____ (please specify) in accordance with ASTM C-423 (Type “E-400” Mounting).





** CID FONT **


** CID FONT **



Product Data Sheet

FOUNDATIONS CEILING PANELS

APPLICATIONConwed Designscape|Wall Technology Foundations Acoustical Ceilings are designed for areas requiring excellent acoustical absorption with a ‘soft drywall’ look. Use in conference rooms, auditoriums, churches, entry-ways, and similar areas. Panels are paintable up to 3 times (spray application) without losing acoustical absorption**!

CONSTRUCTIONThe core construction is a dimensionally stable 6-7 PCF glass fiberboard laminated with a 1⁄8" 16-20 pcf molded glass fiber, all covered with a specially formulated fiberglass mat. Edges are protected with resin hardening. The acoustically transparent finish completely covers the face and exposed edges. SIZE AVAILABILITYAvailable thicknesses are 1", 1-½", 2", plus the 1⁄8" molded glass fiberboard. Maximum sizes is 4'x10'.

EDGE DETAILAll edges are resin hardened, unless otherwise specified. Available shapes include: square and bevel. For square-edged abutting panels, a kerf and spline is strongly recommended for accurate face alignment. Another fine option is to introduce a small reveal between panels.

FINISHFoundations Acoustical Ceilings come factory-finished with a proprietary white, acoustically transparent and if desired, paintable covering.

MOUNTINGStandard ceiling mountings include lay-in, resin spots, or Z-bar to Z-bar.

ACOUSTICAL PERFORMANCE Foundations Acoustical Ceilings provide excellent acoustical performance for auditoriums, theaters, offices, libraries, classrooms and virtually anywhere sound absorption is required.

Thickness NRC 1-1⁄8" .85 2-1⁄8" .90The noise reduction coefficients were derived from tests conducted according to ASTM C 423 on a Type E400 mounting by a NVLAP accredited laboratory.

Note: Testing with 4 layers of paint showed an NRC of .80 for a 1-1⁄16" product, so reduction was minimal!

FIRE PERFORMANCEEach component has been tested according to ASTM E 84* and has Class I/A rating.

RECYCLED CONTENTFoundations Acoustical Ceilings can utilize an Owens Corning fiberglass board core that is third-party certified for recycled content. The board is certified by SCS to contain at least 57% recycled glass.


WARRANTY3-YEAR WARRANTYFoundations Acoustical Ceilings have a limited 3-year warranty. The panels are warranted to be free from defects in material and workmanship for a period of three years from the date of purchase.



*See field painting instructions.

PART 1 GENERAL



1.3 Submit _______ (select quantity) samples of each type of acoustical panel as shown on the drawings and in schedules and include appropriate technical information including test data and maintenance instructions. Submit __________ (select quantity) fabric selector cards from manufacturer’s standard finishes, or designer specified finishes





PART 2 MATERIALS

2.1 Foundations Acoustical Ceilings shall be: Foundations Acoustical Ceilings as manufactured by Conwed Designscape|Wall Technology, 800 Gustafson Road, Ladysmith, WI 54848. Phone (800) 932-2383, fax (800) 833-4798.

2.2 Acoustical Panels shall be constructed of a composite core construction of dimensionally stable rigid fiberglass of 6-7 pcf density laminated to 1⁄8" 16-20 pcf molded glass fiber. Thickness (choose one) ¾", 1", 1-½", 2", 3", 4" plus 1⁄8" or custom ____________ (specify).

2.3 Sizes: ______ width and _______ high or as shown on drawings. Standard maximum size is 48” wide x 120” high. Custom or larger sizes available; consult manufacturer. Panels are to be manufactured according to field dimensions supplied by the installing contractor. Standard

tolerances are ± 1⁄16" in width and length. 2.4 Edge profile shall be: Square, radius, full bevel, half-

bevel, miter, or custom __________________ (specify). Corner detail shall be: Square or custom _______________ (specify). Edge treatment shall be: resin hardened, aluminum or high-pressure laminate (with square edge only) or custom _______________ (specify).

2.5 Panel finish shall be Foundations Acoustical Ceilings acoustically transparent finish. Finish shall be applied directly over the face and edges of the panel to provide a full finished edge. All corners are fully tailored.

2.6 Mounting shall be: Lay-in, Z-Bar to Z-Bar or custom ________________ (specify). Adhesive, miscellaneous fasteners, (i.e. nails, screws, etc.) and standard continuous wall leveling angle are to be supplied by the contractor.

2.7 Acoustical Performance – panels shall have a minimum NRC of _____ (please specify) in accordance with ASTM C-423 (Type “A” Mounting).


Thank you for choosing Conwed Designscape|Wall Technnology for your acoustical needs.




Product Data Sheet

��


��'�� !��"��#�$� �� %!�&�'��(�'��)*"��+�!��,�� &&� �,�� "�"!-"��

�../��!",��"!"��!�"�!0��#�$��!""��1��&��,�+��&��

FOUNDATIONS CEILING PANELS

** CID FONT **


** CID FONT **



Product Data Sheet

GRIDLOCK CEILING PANELS

APPLICATIONConwed Designscape|Wall Technology Gridlock acoustical ceiling panels are designed for:• Quick and easy lift-and-shift removal.• The full range of fabric, Foundations and factory painted

finishes.• ¼" defined reveal between panels.

CONSTRUCTIONThe core construction is a dimensionally stable 6-7 PCF glass fiberboard of various thicknesses. Depending on finish requirements, this could be laminated with a 1⁄8" 16-20 pcf molded glass fiber, and/or covered with a specially formulated fiberglass mat. Edges are protected with resin hardening. All finishes are acoustically transparent and cover the face and exposed edges.

SIZE AVAILABILITYAvailable thicknesses are 1", 1½" and 2" plus the 1⁄8" molded glass fiberboard if required. Sizes are generally in 6" increments from 24"x24" up to 48"x48" and 30"x60".

EDGE DETAILAll edges are squared and resin hardened.

FINISHESA wide variety of fabrics are available from all major brands, including Guilford, Maharam, Knoll, Carnegie, and Designtex. • Foundations is a factory-finished proprietary white,

acoustically transparent covering with a ‘soft drywall’ look available in white or black.

• Factory painted finish. Custom colors are available.

MOUNTINGLift-and-shift mounting requires standard 15⁄16" ceiling grid by others. Panels are individually removable and do not require head room above the grid for installation or removal.

ACOUSTICAL PERFORMANCE

Gridlock acoustical ceiling panels will achieve the following:

NRC

11⁄8" Guilford 2100 0.90

21⁄8" Guilford 2100 1.05

11⁄8" Painted 0.90

21⁄8" Painted 1.10

The noise reduction coefficients were derived from tests conducted according to ASTM C 423 on a Type E400 mounting by a NVLAP accredited laboratory.


RECYCLED CONTENTGridlock acoustical ceiling panels can utilize an Owens Corning fiberglass board core that is third-party certified for recycled content. The board is certified by SCS to contain at least 57% recycled glass.


WARRANTY3-YEAR WARRANTYGridlock acoustical ceiling panels have a limited 3-year warranty. The panels are warranted to be free from defects in material and workmanship for a period of three years from the date of shipment.

See product warranty for limitations.





1.3 Submit (select quantity) samples of each type of acoustical panel as shown on the drawings and in schedules and include appropriate technical information including test data and maintenance instructions. Submit (select quantity) fabric selector cards from manufacturer’s standard finishes, or designer specified finishes.





PART 2 MATERIALS2.1 Acoustical ceilings shall be: Gridlock ceiling panels as

manufactured by Conwed Deisgnscape|Wall Technology, 800 Gustafson Road, Ladysmith, WI 54848. Phone (800) 932-2383, fax (800) 833-4798.

2.2 Acoustical Panels shall be constructed of a composite core construction of dimensionally stable rigid fiberglass of 6-7 pcf density; and if required, laminated to 1⁄8" 16-20 pcf molded glass fiber. Thickness (choose one): 1", 1½" or 2" plus 1⁄8" or custom (specify).

2.3 Sizes: width and high or as shown on drawings. Standard sizes are 24" and 30" width, and 24", 30", 36", 42", 48", 54" and 60" in length. Custom sizes are available; consult manufacturer. Standard tolerances are ± 1⁄16" in width and length.

2.4 Edge profile shall be: Square. Edge treatment shall be: resin hardened.

2.5 Panel finish shall be: Foundations (please specify white or black). New Dimensions acoustically transparent finish, which is applied over an acoustically transparent membrane. (please specify color). Fabric (please specify fabric manufacturer, pattern, color and specifier). Finish shall be applied directly over the face and edges of the panel to provide a full finished edge. All corners are fully tailored.

2.6 Mounting shall be: Lift-and-Shift Interlocken 2.0 mounting. Adhesive, miscellaneous fasteners, (i.e. nails, screws, etc.) and standard continuous wall leveling angle are to be supplied by the contractor.

2.7 Acoustical Performance – panels shall have a minimum NRC of (please specify) in accordance with ASTM C-423 (Type “E400” Mounting).

2.8 Flammability – All panel components shall have a Class “A” rating in accordance with ASTM E-84.





Product Data Sheet

��


��'4� ��!��"��#�$� �� %!�&�'��(�'��)*"��+�!��,�� &&� �,�� "�"!-"��

�../��!",��"!"��!�"�!0��#�$��!""��1��&��,�+��&��


** CID FONT **


** CID FONT **



Product Data Sheet

NEW DIMENSIONS CEILING PANELS

APPLICATIONConwed Designscape|Wall Technology New Dimensions Acoustical Ceiling Panels are designed for areas requiring excellent acoustical absorption with a ‘drywall’ look. Use in corridors, lobbies, hallways and similar areas.

CONSTRUCTIONThe core construction is a dimensionally stable 6-7 PCF glass fiberboard laminated with a 1/8” 16-20 pcf molded glass fiber, all covered with a specially formulated fiberglass mat. Edges are protected with resin hardening. The acoustically transparent painted finish completely covers the face and exposed edges.

SIZE AVAILABILITYAvailable thicknesses are 1”, 1-1/2”, 2”, 3”, and 4”, plus the 1/8” molded glass fiberboard. Maximum sizes are 4’x10’ for 1-1/2” and 4’x12’ for all else.

EDGE DETAILAll edges are resin hardened, unless otherwise specified. Available shapes include: square, radius, and bevel. For square-edged abutting panels, a kerf and spline is strongly recommended for accurate face alignment. Another fine option is to introduce a small reveal between panels.

FINISHNew Dimensions Acoustical Ceiling Panels come factory-finished in a wide variety of colors, including white. Custom colors are also offered to precisely match any interior design palette.

MOUNTINGStandard ceiling mountings include lay-in, resin spots, or Z-bar to Z-bar.

ACOUSTICAL PERFORMANCENew Dimensions Acoustical Ceiling Panels provide excellent acoustical performance for auditoriums, theaters, offices, libraries, classrooms, and virtually anywhere sound absorption is required.

Thickness NRC

1-1/8” .85 2-1/8” .90

The noise reduction coefficients were derived from tests conducted according to ASTM C 423 on a Type E400 mounting by a NVLAP accredited laboratory.


RECYCLED CONTENTNew Dimensions Acoustical Ceiling Panels can utilize an Owens Corning fiberglass board core that is third-party certified for recycled content. The board is certified by SCS to contain at least 57% recycled glass.


WARRANTY3-YEAR WARRANTYNew Dimensions Acoustical Ceiling Panels have a limited 3-year warranty. The panels are warranted to be free from defects in material and workmanship for a period of three years from the date of purchase.



PART 1 GENERAL








PART 2 MATERIALS

2.1 Acoustical ceiling panels shall be: New Dimensions Acoustical Ceiling Panels as manufactured by Conwed Designscape|Wall Technology, 800 Gustafson Road, Ladysmith, WI 54848. Phone (800) 932-2383, fax (800) 833-4798.

2.2 Acoustical Panels shall be constructed of a composite core construction of dimensionally stable rigid fiberglass of 6-7 pcf density laminated to 1/8” 16-20 pcf molded glass fiber. Thickness (choose one) 1”, 1-1/2”, 2”, 3”, 4” plus 1/8” or custom ____________ (specify).

2.3 Sizes: ______ width and _______ high or as shown on drawings. Standard maximum size is 48” wide x 120” high for 1-1/2” and 48” x 144” for other thicknesses. Custom or larger sizes available; consult manufacturer. Panels are to be manufactured according to field dimensions supplied by the installing contractor. Standard tolerances are ± 1/16” in width and length.

2.4 Edge profile shall be: Square, radius, full bevel, half-bevel, miter, or custom __________________ (specify). Corner detail shall be: Square or custom _______________ (specify). Edge treatment shall be: resin hardened, aluminum or high-pressure laminate (with square edge only) or custom _______________ (specify).

2.5 Panel finish shall be New Dimension acoustically transparent finish, which is applied over an acoustically transparent membrane. ________________________________________ (please specify color). Finish shall be applied directly over the face and edges of the panel to provide a full finished edge. All corners are fully tailored.

2.6 Mounting shall be: Lay-in, resin spots, Z-bar to Z-bar, or custom ________________ (specify). Adhesive, miscellaneous fasteners, (i.e. nails, screws, etc.) and standard continuous wall leveling angle are to be supplied by the contractor.


2.8 Flammability – All panel components shall have a Class

“A” fire rating in accordance with ASTM E-84.








Product Data Sheet

��


��'�� !��"��#�$� �� %!�&�'��(�'��)*"��+�!��,�� &&� �,�� "�"!-"��

�../��!",��"!"��!�"�!0��#�$��!""��1��&��,�+��&��

NEW DIMENSIONS CEILING PANELS

** CID FONT **


** CID FONT **



Product Data Sheet

CURVED REFLECTIVE CEILING CLOUDS

APPLICATIONConwed Designscape|Wall Technology Curved Reflective Ceiling Clouds are intended for commercial applications requiring strong design elements combined with acoustical reflection.

CONSTRUCTIONThis curved panel features an external metal frame providing exact curvature for demanding applications, particularly where panels abut. Minimum Radius is 10’. Reflective panels are ¾” MDO (Medium Density Overlay) plywood.

Panels are pre-wrapped with Class A-rated fabric, or can be provided with a gel-coat finish. Panel backs can be painted black, or lined with fiberglass for combined absorption.Finishes are completely adhered to the panel face and returned to the back for a full finished edge. All corners are fully tailored.

SIZE AVAILABILITYStandard maximum size is 4’x 10’. Larger sizes are accomplished by ganging panels together. Reflective panels are ¾”.

EDGE DETAILReflective edges are square. Built up edges (fabric only) are available to hide hardware, 3” maximum. Corners can be radiused.

FINISHESA wide variety of fabrics are available from all major brands, including Guilford, Maharam, Knoll, Carnegie, and Designtex. Gel-coat finish is also available on Reflective panels.

MOUNTINGStandard mounting is direct attachment to the exposed metal frame. Self-drilling acoustical hangers are provided as shown for this purpose. Joining plates for abutting panels are provided for use with our proprietary joining and leveling system.

EXCELLENT ACOUSTICAL PERFORMANCECurved Reflective Ceiling Clouds provide excellent reflection. Use in conjunction with Curved Absorptive Ceiling Clouds or other fine absorptive products if required.

FIRE PERFORMANCEReflective Cloud components, other than the MDO Plywood have been tested according to ASTM E 84* and have a Class I/A rating.

RECYCLED CONTENTCurved Reflective Ceiling Clouds can utilize an Owens Corning fiberglass board core that is third-party certified for recycled content. The board is certified by SCS to contain at least 57% recycled glass.


WARRANTY3-YEAR WARRANTYCurved Reflective Ceiling Clouds have a limited 3-year warranty. The panels are warranted to be free from defects in material and workmanship for a period of three years from the date of purchase.


* The ASTM E 84 standard should be used to measure and describe the properties of materials,

products or assemblies in response to heat and flame under controlled laboratory conditions and

should not be used to describe or appraise the fire hazard or fire risk of materials, products or

assemblies under actual fire conditions. However, results of this test may be used as elements of a fire

risk assessment, which takes into, account all of the factors, which are pertinent to an assessment of

the fire hazard of a particular end use. Values are reported to the nearest 5 rating.

** CID FONT **

** FONT NAME ** Wingdings-Regular ** 162 ** 61550

Product Data Sheet

CURVED REFLECTIVE CEILING CLOUDS

��


�� !��"��#�$� �� %!�&�'��(�'��)*"��+�!��,�� &&� �,�� "�"!-"��

�../��!",��"!"��!�"�!0��#�$��!""��1��&��,�+��&��

PART 1 GENERAL








PART 2 MATERIALS

2.1 Acoustical ceiling panels shall be: Curved Reflective Ceiling Clouds as manufactured by Conwed Designscape|Wall Technology, 800 Gustafson Road, Ladysmith, WI 54848. Phone (800) 932-2383, fax (800) 833-4798

2.2 Acoustical Panels shall be constructed of ¾” MDO (Medium Density Overlay) plywood backed by 1” x 1” pre-curved metal ribs.


2.4 Edge profile shall be: Square, radius, full bevel, half-bevel, miter, or custom __________________ (specify). Corner detail shall be: Square, radius or custom _______________ (specify).

2.5 Panel finish shall be gel-coat or ________________________________________ (specify finish manufacturer, pattern, color and specifier). Finish shall be applied directly over the face and edges and returned to the back to provide a full finished edge. All corners are fully tailored.

2.6 Standard mountings shall be direct attachment to the exposed metal frame with self-drilling acoustical hangers (supplied) or custom ________________ (specify). Adhesive and miscellaneous fasteners, (i.e. nails, screws, etc are to be supplied by the contractor.


2.8 Flammability – All panel components except MDO plywood shall have a Class “A” fire rating in accordance with ASTM E-84.






** CID FONT **


** CID FONT **



Product Data Sheet

RESPOND® REFLECTOR CEILING CLOUDS, FLAT

APPLICATIONConwed Designscape|Wall Technology Reflector Ceiling Clouds are designed for theaters and auditoriums requiring tunable reflection to enhance sound quality in a performance environment.

CONSTRUCTIONThe core construction is an MDO (Medium Density Overlay) plywood, sometimes backed with dimensionally stable 6-7 PCF glass fiber. Finishes are completely adhered to the face of the panel and returned to the back for a full finished edge. All corners are fully tailored. Also, Reflector panels can be provided with a gel-coat finish. If required for tunability, a full-length piano hinge is utilized.

SIZE AVAILABILITYAvailable thickness is ¾” or custom with added fiberglass backing. Widths are up to 4’ and lengths to 8’.

EDGE DETAILStandard edge details are square, and bevel. Edges can be built up to hide mounting hardware. FINISHA wide variety of fabrics are available from all major brands, including Guilford, Maharam, Knoll, Carnegie, and Designtex. A comprehensive selection of vinyl coverings is available from Webcore, Designtex and Maharam. Gel-Coat is also available.

MOUNTINGReflector Hardware is standard for Flat Reflectors.

EXCELLENT ACOUSTICAL PERFORMANCE Reflector Ceiling Clouds provide excellent acoustical performance for, theaters, auditoriums or other venues requiring sound reflection.

FIRE PERFORMANCEEach component has been tested according to ASTM E 84* and has a Class I/A rating, except for the MDO plywood. A fire-rated MDF panel is also available.

RECYCLED CONTENTReflector Ceiling Clouds can utilize an Owens Corning fiberglass board core that is third-party certified for recycled content. The board is certified by SCS to contain at least 57% recycled glass.


WARRANTY3-YEAR WARRANTY Reflector Ceiling Clouds have a limited 3-year warranty. The panels are warranted to be free from defects in material and workmanship for a period of three years from the date of purchase.



PART 1 GENERAL








PART 2 MATERIALS

2.1 Acoustical Ceiling Clouds shall be: Reflector Ceiling Clouds as manufactured by Conwed Designscape|Wall Technology, 800 Gustafson Road, Ladysmith, WI 54848. Phone (800) 932-2383, fax (800) 833-4798

2.2 Reflector Ceiling Clouds shall be constructed of a MDO – Medium Density Overlay plywood and may be backed by dimensionally stable rigid fiberglass of 6-7 pcf. MDO thickness (choose one) ½” or 3/4”. Optional fiberglass thickness of 1”, 1-½”, 2”, 3”, 4” or custom ___________ (specify).


2.4 Edge profile shall be: Square, full bevel, half-bevel, miter, or custom __________________ (specify). Corner detail shall be: Square, radius or custom _____________ (specify).

2.5 Panel finish shall be gel-coat or ________________________________________ (specify finish manufacturer, pattern, color and specifier). Finish shall be applied directly over the face and edges of the panel and returned to the back to provide a full finished edge. All corners are fully tailored.

2.6 Standard mounting is Cloud Angle for Flat Reflectors, and Reflector Hardware for Hinged panels. Adhesive, miscellaneous fasteners, (i.e. nails, screws, etc.) and additional hanging hardware are to be supplied by the contractor.

2.7 Flammability – All panel components except MDO Plywood shall have a Class “A” fire rating in accordance with ASTM E-84.





Product Data Sheet

RESPOND® REFLECTOR CEILING CLOUDS, FLAT

��


��'2� ��!��"��#�$� �� %!�&�'��(�'��)*"��+�!��,�� &&� �,�� "�"!-"��

�../��!",��"!"��!�"�!0��#�$��!""��1��&��,�+��&��

** CID FONT **


** CID FONT **



Product Data Sheet

SKYWAY™ CEILING CLOUDSTYPE I

APPLICATIONConwed Designscape|Wall Technology Skyway Ceiling Clouds Type I are designed for a large variety of applications ranging from single or double panel accents up to large multi-panel ceiling areas. Use in areas requiring excellent acoustical absorption. Clouds are typically provided painted (Subtle Texture finish),unpainted (Soft Texture finish…which can be job-site painted if desired)**, and many fine fabric finishes are also available.

CONSTRUCTIONPanels are produced with a dimensionally stable 6-7 PCF glass fiberboard core laminated with 16-20 PCF 1/8” molded fiberglass face. Finishes are completely adhered to all surfaces.

SIZE AVAILABILITYAvailable thicknesses are 1-1/8”, 1-5/8” and 2-1/8”. Our standard maximum size is 4’ x 10’. Custom shapes available. Returned edges are available to simulate thickness and hide attachment hardware, consult manufacturer.

EDGE DETAILAll edges are resin hardened. Available shapes include square and bevels of ½” or more. Kerfed edges are often used between panels for alignment using splines or ceiling grid.

FINISH• Soft Texture is a factory-finished proprietary white,

acoustically transparent covering with a ‘soft drywall’ look. This can be field painted with a light spray application.

• Subtle Texture is a factory painted finish. White is standard and custom colors are available

• A wide variety of fabrics are available from all major brands including Guilford, Maharam, Knoll, Carnegie and Designtex.

MOUNTING• Acoustical anchors field applied to factory-marked resin

spots provide anchor points for wire or cable (provided by others).

• T-grid field attached to factory-marked resin spots provide an alternate attachment for wire or cable (provided by others). Use of T-grid can sometimes reduce the number of wires or cables required.

ACOUSTICAL PERFORMANCESkyway Ceiling Clouds Type I provide excellent acoustical performance for auditoriums, theaters, offices, libraries, classrooms;virtually anywhere sound absorption is required.

Thickness NRC 1-1/8” 0.90 2-1/8” 1.10

The noise reduction coefficients were derived from tests conducted according to ASTM C 423 on a Type F5 mounting by a NVLAP accredited laboratory. FIRE PERFORMANCEEach component has been tested according to ASTM E 84* and has Class I/A rating

RECYCLED CONTENTSkyway Ceiling Clouds Type I utilize an Owens Corning fiberglass board core that is eligible to bear the Green Cross label for recycled content. The board is certified on average to contain at least 57% pre-consumer recycled content and 5% post-consumer content. And for your LEED® project, our acoustical panels can help you qualify for recycled content points under the Materials and Resources section. Other LEED® categories may also apply depending upon the project requirements.

WARRANTY3-YEAR WARRANTYSkyway Ceiling Clouds Type I have a limited 3-year warranty. The panels are warranted to be free from defects in material and workmanship for a period of three years from the date of purchase.


* The ASTM E 84 standard should be used to measure and describe the properties of materials, products or assemblies in response to heat and flame under controlled laboratory conditions and should not be used to describe or appraise the fire hazard or fire risk of materials, products or assemblies under actual fire conditions. However, results of this test may be used as elements of a fire risk assessment, which takes into, account all of the factors, which are pertinent to an assessment of the fire hazard of a particular end use. Values are reported to the nearest 5 rating.**See field painting instructions.

Product Data Sheet

��


��2�� !��"��#�$� �� %!�&�'��(�'��)*"��+�!��,�� &&� �,�� "�"!-"��

�../��!",��"!"��!�"�!0��#�$��!""��1��&��,�+��&��

SKYWAY™ CEILING CLOUDSTYPE I

PART 1 GENERAL



1.3 Submit _______ (select quantity) samples of each type of acoustical panel as shown on the drawings and in schedules and include appropriate technical information including test data and maintenance instructions. Submit __________ (select quantity) fabric selector cards from manufacturer’s standard finishes, or designer specified finish.





PART 2 MATERIALS

2.1 Acoustical ceiling panels shall be: Skyway Ceiling Clouds Type I as manufactured by Conwed Designscape|Wall Technology, 800 Gustafson Road, Ladysmith, WI 54848. Phone (800) 932-2383, fax (800) 833-4798.

2.2 Acoustical panels shall be constructed of a composite core construction of dimensionally stable rigid fiberglass of medium density laminated to 1/8” molded fiberglass. Absorptive thickness: shall be (choose one) 1-1/8”, 1-5/8” or 2-1/8”.

2.3 Sizes: ____ width and _____high or as shown on drawings. Standard maximum is 48” x 120”. Custom shapes are available. Panels are to be manufactured according to field dimensions supplied by the installing contractor. Standard tolerances are ± 1/16” in width and length.

2.4 Edge profile shall be square, bevel (1/2” or more) or custom__________(specify). Corner detail shall be Square or radius

2.5 Panel finish shall be _________________________________________ (specify finish manufacture, pattern color and specifier). Finish shall be applied directly over the face and edges and returned to the back to provide a full finished edge. All corners are fully tailored. Optional backing includes fabric or scrim (specify).

2.6 Standard mountings shall be resin spots for either field applied self-drilling acoustical anchors or ceiling grid mains (by others). Both are attached via wire or cable (by others). (Please specify).

2.7 Acoustical Performance: panels shall have a minimum NRC of_____(please specify) in accordance with ASTM C-423.

2.8 Flammability: All panel components shall have a Class “A: fire rating in accordance with ASTM E-84.





** CID FONT **

** FONT NAME ** GillSans ** 33 ** 32 ** 46 ** 44 ** 47 ** 45 ** 48 ** 46 ** 50 ** 48 ** 51 ** 49 ** 52 ** 50 ** 53 ** 51 ** 54 ** 52 ** 55 ** 53 ** 56 ** 54 ** 58 ** 56 ** 67 ** 65 ** 68 ** 66 ** 69 ** 67 ** 70 ** 68 ** 71 ** 69 ** 73 ** 71 ** 78 ** 76 ** 80 ** 78 ** 81 ** 79 ** 82 ** 80 ** 84 ** 82 ** 85 ** 83 ** 87 ** 85 ** 89 ** 87 ** 99 ** 97 ** 100 ** 98 ** 101 ** 99 ** 102 ** 100 ** 103 ** 101 ** 104 ** 102 ** 105 ** 103 ** 106 ** 104 ** 107 ** 105 ** 109 ** 107 ** 110 ** 108 ** 111 ** 109 ** 112 ** 110 ** 113 ** 111 ** 114 ** 112 ** 116 ** 114 ** 117 ** 115 ** 118 ** 116 ** 119 ** 117 ** 120 ** 118 ** 121 ** 119 ** 123 ** 121 ** 170 ** 169

** CID FONT **



Product Data Sheet

SKYWAY™ CEILING CLOUDSTYPE II

APPLICATIONConwed Designscape|Wall Technology Skyway Curved Ceiling Clouds Type II are designed as an accent ceiling element in areas requiring excellent acoustical absorption. Clouds are typically provided painted, unpainted (Foundations finish, which can be job-site painted if desired)**, and many fine fabric finishes are also available.

CONSTRUCTIONPanels are custom-curved from the factory with a dimensionally stable 6-7 PCF glass fiberboard core laminated face and back with 16-2 0 PCF 1/8” molded fiberglas. Curvature varies slightly; abutting curved edges is not recommended. Finishes are completely adhered to all surfaces which aids when minor field-cutting is required.

SIZE AVAILABILITYAvailable thicknesses are 1-1/4” and 2-1/4”. Our standard maximum size is 4’ x 10’. Minimum curvatures are 10’ radius. Custom panels and radius’ are available; consult manufacturer.

EDGE DETAILAll edges are square and resin hardened

FINISH• Foundations is a factory-finished proprietary white,

acoustically transparent covering with a ‘soft drywall’ look. This can be field painted with a light spray application.

• Factory painted finish. White is standard and custom colors are available

• A wide variety of fabrics are available from all major brands including Guilford, Maharam, Knoll, Carnegie and Designtex.

MOUNTING• Acoustical anchors field applied to factory-marked resin

spots provide anchor points for wire or cable (provided by others). Panels up to 48” x 75” require 4 anchors; larger panels consult factory.

• T-grid field attached to factory-marked resin spots provide

an alternate attachment for wire or cable (provided by others). Use of T-grid can sometimes reduce the number of wires or cables required.

ACOUSTICAL PERFORMANCESkyway Ceiling Clouds Type II provide excellent acoustical performance for auditoriums, theaters, offices, libraries, classrooms; virtually anywhere sound absorption is required.

Thickness NRC 1-1/8” 0.90 2-1/8” 1.10

The noise reduction coefficients were derived from tests conducted according to ASTM C 423 on a Type F5 mounting by a NVLAP accredited laboratory. FIRE PERFORMANCEEach component has been tested according to ASTM E 84* and has Class I/A rating

RECYCLED CONTENTSkyway Ceiling Clouds Type II utilize an Owens Corning fiberglass board core that is eligible to bear the Green Cross label for recycled content. The board is certified on average to contain at least 57% pre-consumer recycled content and 5% post-consumer content. And for your LEED® project, our acoustical panels can help you qualify for recycled content points under the Materials and Resources section. Other LEED® categories may also apply depending upon the project requirements.

Warranty3-YEAR WARRANTYSkyway Ceiling Clouds Type II have a limited 3-year warranty. The panels are warranted to be free from defects in material and workmanship for a period of three years from the date of purchase.


* The ASTM E 84 standard should be used to measure and describe the properties of materials, products or assemblies in response to heat and flame under controlled laboratory conditions and should not be used to describe or appraise the fire hazard or fire risk of materials, products or assemblies under actual fire conditions. However, results of this test may be used as elements of a fire risk assessment, which takes into, account all of the factors, which are pertinent to an assessment of the fire hazard of a particular end use. Values are reported to the nearest 5 rating.** See field painting instructions.

Product Data Sheet

SKYWAY™ CEILING CLOUDSTYPE II

��


��2�� !��"��#�$� �� %!�&�'��(�'��)*"��+�!��,�� &&� �,�� "�"!-"��

�../��!",��"!"��!�"�!0��#�$��!""��1��&��,�+��&��

PART 1 GENERAL



1.3 Submit _______ (select quantity) samples of each type of acoustical panel as shown on the drawings and in schedules and include appropriate technical information including test data and maintenance instructions. Submit __________ (select quantity) fabric selector cards from manufacturer’s standard finishes, or designer specified finish.





PART 2 MATERIALS

2.1 Acoustical ceiling panels shall be: Skyway Ceiling Clouds Type II as manufactured by Conwed Designscape|Wall Technology, 800 Gustafson Road, Ladysmith, WI 54848. Phone (800) 932-2383, fax (800) 833-4798.

2.2 Acoustical panels shall be constructed of a composite core construction of dimensionally stable rigid fiberglass of medium density laminated to 1/8” molded fiberglass on both face and back. Absorptive thickness: shall be (choose one) 1-1/4”, 1-3/4” or 2-1/4”.

2.3 Sizes: ____ width and _____high or as shown on drawings. Standard maximum is 48” x 120”. Custom sizes are available. Panels are to be manufactured according to field dimensions supplied by the installing contractor. Standard tolerances are ± 1/16” in width and length.

2.4 Edge profile shall be square or custom__________(specify). Corner detail shall be Square or radius.

2.5 Panel finish shall be _________________________________________ (specify finish manufacture, pattern color and specifier). Finish shall be applied directly over the face and edges and returned to the back to provide a full finished edge. All corners are fully tailored. Optional backing includes fabric or scrim (specify).

2.6 Standard mountings shall be resin spots for either field applied self-drilling acoustical anchors or ceiling grid mains (by others). Both are attached via wire or cable (by others). (Please specify).

2.7 Acoustical Performance: panels shall have a minimum NRC of_____(please specify) in accordance with ASTM C-423.

2.8 Flammability: All panel components shall have a Class “A: fire rating in accordance with ASTM E-84.





** CID FONT **


** CID FONT **



Product Data Sheet

LOADED VINYL PANEL

APPLICATIONConwed Designscape|Wall Technology Loaded Vinyl wall and ceiling panels are designed to stop unwanted sound transmission while absorbing ambient noise. Use for speech privacy in offices, meeting rooms or patient consultation areas; as well as a general sound barrier for traffic or industrial noise.

CONSTRUCTIONThe core construction is a dimensionally stable 6-7 PCF glass fiberboard with resin hardened edge protection. Backing is a 1/8” Loaded Vinyl barrier, fully adhered to the fiberglass. Optional 1/8” 16-20 PCF molded fiberglass face offers additional impact resistance. Finishes are completely adhered to the face of the panel and returned to the back for a full finished edge. All corners are fully tailored.

SIZE AVAILABILITYThicknesses available are based on 1/8” Loaded Vinyl combined with ¾”, 1”, 1-½” and 2” fiberglass, with optional 1/8” molded fiberglass face. Widths are up to 48”, and lengths to 12’.

EDGE DETAILAll edges are resin hardened, unless otherwise specified. Choices include: square, radius, bevel, and radius corners.

FINISHA wide variety of fabrics are available from all major brands, including Guilford, Maharam, Knoll, Carnegie, and Designtex. A comprehensive selection of vinyl coverings is also available from Sanitas, Designtex and Maharam.

MOUNTINGMounting choices include perimeter adhesive, Z-clip and concealed splines for walls, and Z-bar to Z-bar on ceilings.

EXCELLENT ACOUSTICAL PERFORMANCELoaded Vinyl prevents unwanted sound transmission through ceilings, walls and floors. 1/8” thickness provides an STC of 27. The balance of the panel is essentially an A100 Series Acoustical Wall Panel providing excellent acoustical absorption virtually anywhere sound absorption is required. A100 fabric wrapped panels have been tested for their acoustical performance:

Thickness NRC ¾” .70 1” .80 1½” .95 2” 1.05 3” 1.15

The noise reduction coefficients were derived from tests conducted in accordance with ASTM C 423 on a Type A mounting.

FIRE PERFORMANCEEach component except the loaded backing has a Class I/A rating according to ASTM E 84*. Loaded backing passes UL 94.

RECYCLED CONTENTLoaded Vinyl acoustical ceiling and wall panels can utilize an Owens Corning fiberglass board core that is third-party certified for recycled content. The board is certified by SCS to contain at least 57% recycled glass.


WARRANTY3-YEAR WARRANTYLoaded Vinyl acoustical wall and ceiling panels have a limited 3-year warranty starting from date of purchase. The panels are warranted to be free from defects in material and workmanship.



PART 1 GENERAL








PART 2 MATERIALS

2.1 Acoustical wall panels shall be: Loaded Vinyl Panels as manufactured by Conwed Designscape|Wall Technology, Inc., 800 Gustafson Road, Ladysmith, WI 54848. Phone (800) 932-2383, fax (800) 833-4798.

2.2 Acoustical Panels shall be constructed of a composite core construction of dimensionally stable rigid fiberglass of 6-7 pcf density, backed by 1/8” Loaded Vinyl barrier, fully adhered to the fiberglass, (faced with optional 1/8” 16-20 PCF molded fiberglass). Thickness (choose one) 7/8”, 1-1/8”, 1-5/8”, 2-1/8” or custom. (Add 1/8” to these sizes if optional molded fiberglass face is required.)


2.4 Edge profile shall be: Square, radius, bevel, miter, or custom __________ (specify). Corner detail shall be: Square, radius or custom __________ (specify). Edge treatment shall be: resin hardened, aluminum or high-pressure laminate (with square edge only), wood (all profiles available) or custom __________ (specify).


2.6 Mounting shall be: perimeter adhesive, Z-clip or concealed splines for walls, and Z-bar to Z-bar on ceilings. (Circle one). Adhesive, miscellaneous fasteners, (i.e. nails, screws, etc.) and standard continuous wall leveling angle are to be supplied by the contractor.


2.8 Flammability – All panel components except the loaded backing shall have a Class “A” fire rating in accordance with ASTM E-84. Loaded backing must pass UL 94.





Product Data Sheet

LOADED VINYL PANEL

��


��4� ��!��"��#�$� �� %!�&�'��(�'��)*"��+�!��,�� &&� �,�� "�"!-"��

�../��!",��"!"��!�"�!0��#�$��!""��1��&��,�+��&��

** CID FONT **


** CID FONT **



Product Data Sheet

LOW FREQUENCY TUNER WALL AND CEILING PANELS

APPLICATION Conwed Designscape|Wall Technology Low Frequency Tuner wall and ceiling panels are designed for areas requiring special control of low frequency sound without over-damping highs. This is one product with a truly “balanced” absorption across the entire audio spectrum! Used in critical music practice and performance areas, often in conjunction with standard A100 Series panels.

CONSTRUCTIONThe core construction is a dimensionally stable 6-7 PCF glass fiberboard with resin hardened edge protection laminated with a special un-perforated vinyl member that allows selective acoustical transparency. Fabric finish is completely adhered to the face of the panel and returned to the back for a full finished edge. All corners are fully tailored.

SIZE AVAILABILITY The special acoustical purpose of this product requires a 2” core. Maximum size is 4’x12’.

EDGE DETAIL All edges are resin hardened, unless otherwise specified. Available choices include: square, radius, and bevel.

FINISHESA wide variety of fabrics are available from all major brands, including Guilford, Maharam, Knoll, Carnegie, and Designtex.

MOUNTINGStandard mountings include spot and perimeter adhesive, Z-clip, concealed splines, impaling clips, hook & loop, and magnetic fasteners.

ACOUSTICAL PERFORMANCELow Frequency Tuner wall and ceiling panels provide a balanced acoustical absorption for the common problem of over-absorption of “highs” and under-absorption of “lows.” The special under-fabric layer traps lows while selectively reflecting high frequencies.

The following noise reduction coefficients were derived from tests in accordance with ASTM C 423 on a Type D5 mounting. NRC rating is 0.35.

Frequency–HZ Absorption Coefficient250 0.32

500 0.42

1000 0.27

2000 0.18

SAA 0.32

NRC 0.30


RECYCLED CONTENT Low Frequency Tuner panels can utilize an Owens Corning fiberglass board core that is third-party certified for recycled content. The board is certified by SCS to contain at least 57% recycled glass.


WARRANTY3-YEAR WARRANTYLow Frequency Tuner panels have a limited 3-year warranty. The panels are warranted to be free from defects in material and workmanship for a period of three years from the date of purchase.

See product warranty for limitations.










PART 2 MATERIALS2.1 Acoustical wall panels shall be: Low Frequency Tuner

Panels as manufactured by Conwed Designscape|Wall Technology, 800 Gustafson Road, Ladysmith, WI 54848. Phone (800) 932-2383, fax (800) 833-4798.

2.2 Acoustical Panels shall be constructed of a composite core construction of dimensionally stable rigid fiberglass of 6-7 pcf density laminated to an un-perforated vinyl member that allows selective acoustical transparency. Thickness is 2”.


2.4 Edge profile shall be: Square, radius, full bevel, half-bevel, miter, or custom __________________ (specify). Corner detail shall be: Square, radius or custom _______________ (specify). Edge treatment shall be: resin hardened, aluminum or high-pressure laminate (with square edge only), wood (all profiles available) or custom _______________ (specify).


2.6 Mounting shall be: Adhesive/Resin, Adhesive No Resin, Impaling/Adhesive, Lay-in, Magnet, Spline, VELCRO®, Panel Clip to Z-Bar, Panel Clip to Double Wall Clip, Z-Bar to Z-Bar, Aluminum Z-Clips, Panel Clips/ VELCRO® or custom ________________ (specify). Adhesive, miscellaneous fasteners, (i.e. nails, screws, etc.) and standard continuous wall leveling angle are to be supplied by the contractor.

2.7 Acoustical Performance – panels shall have an NRC no less than 0.30 and not greater than 0.40, in accordance with ASTM C-423 (Type “D5” Mounting).




Product Data Sheet

��


�� !��"��#�$� �� %!�&�'��(�'��)*"��+�!��,�� &&� �,�� "�"!-"��

�../��!",��"!"��!�"�!0��#�$��!""��1��&��,�+��&��

LOW FREQUENCY TUNER WALL AND CEILING PANELS

** CID FONT **


** CID FONT **



Product Data Sheet

METRO REBOUND PANELS

APPLICATIONConwed Designscape|Wall Technology Metro Rebound panels are designed for use in high abuse areas requiring sound absorption and clean-ability. A “pan” of perforated co-polymer over fiberglass allows sound absorption while withstanding many forms of punishment. Use in gymnasiums, hotels, multi-purpose rooms – anywhere requiring a durable, acoustically absorbent panel.

CONSTRUCTIONThis panel features an innovative combination of dimensionally stable 6-7 PCF glass fiberboard, with a 1/16” resilient perforated co-polymer face sheet with heat-formed edges. A white scrim layer is optional under the co-polymer sheet.

SIZE AVAILABILITYThicknesses include: 1-1/16”, 1-9/16” and 2-1/16”. Widths are up to 48”, and lengths to 116” for 1”, and 114” for 2”. Custom widths up to 51” are available with 1-1/16” thickness. Standard tolerance is ± 1/8”; a reveal of 1/4” is required between panels.

EDGE DETAILAll edges, square only, are resin hardened underneath the heat-formed co-polymer.

FINISHESThe co-polymer is available in 4 standard/stocked colors with many custom colors also available.

MOUNTINGStandard wall mountings include; spot adhesive with optional impaling clips, Z-clip, hook & loop, and magnetic fasteners. Z-bar to Z-bar is the recommended ceiling mount. ACOUSTICAL PERFORMANCEOur products are constantly modified to achieve their maximum acoustical performance while providing the aesthetics desired in their applications.

Panels are available in a variety of thickness, and their performances are tested in accordance to ASTM procedures in a NVLAP accredited laboratory. Please consult with your Sales Representative, or the Company’s Technical Services Department for assistance in determining the proper panels, and their acoustical specifications, for your application.


1” 4.11-1/2” 6.22” 8.33” 12.54” 16.6


RECYCLED CONTENTMetro Rebound panels can utilize an Owens Corning fiberglass board core that is third-party certified for recycled content. The board is certified by SCS to contain at least 57% recycled glass.


WARRANTY3-YEAR WARRANTYMetro Rebound panels have a limited 3-year warranty starting from date of purchase. The panels are warranted to be free from defects in material and workmanship.



PART 1 GENERAL








PART 2 MATERIALS

2.1 Metro Rebound panels shall be: Metro Rebound panels as manufactured by Conwed Designscape|Wall Technology, 800 Gustafson Road, Ladysmith, WI 54848. Phone (800) 932-2383, fax (800) 833-4798.

2.2 Acoustical Panels shall be constructed of a composite core construction of dimensionally stable rigid fiberglass of medium 6-7 PCF density, laminated to a 1/16” resilient perforated co-polymer face sheet. Thickness (choose one) 1-1/16”, 1-9/16”, 2-1/16” or custom __________ (specify).

2.3 Sizes: ______ width and _______ high or as shown on drawings. Standard maximum size is 48” wide x 116” high (nominal). Custom or larger sizes up to 51” widths are available; consult manufacturer. Panels are to be manufactured according to field dimensions supplied by the installing contractor. Standard tolerances are ± 1/16” in width and length.

2.4 Edge profile shall be square. Corner detail shall be square. Edge treatment shall be resin hardened beneath heat-formed co-polymer.

2.5 Panel finish shall be ______________________________________ (specify co-polymer color). Co-polymer shall be applied directly to face and edges of the panel.

2.6 Mounting shall be: Adhesive/Resin, Impaling/Adhesive, Lay-in, Magnet, VELCRO,® Panel Clip to Z-Bar, Panel Clip to Double Wall Clip, Z-Bar to Z-Bar (recommended for ceilings), Aluminum Z-Clips, Panel Clips/VELCRO® or custom ________________ (specify). Adhesive, miscellaneous fasteners, (i.e. nails, screws, etc.) and standard continuous wall leveling angle are to be supplied by the contractor.

2.7 Acoustical Performance – panels shall have a minimum NRC of _____ (please specify) in accordance with ASTM C-423 Test Procedure.







Product Data Sheet

��


��''� ��!��"��#�$� �� %!�&�'��(�'��)*"��+�!��,�� &&� �,�� "�"!-"��

�../��!",��"!"��!�"�!0��#�$��!""��1��&��,�+��&��

METRO REBOUND PANELS

** CID FONT **


** CID FONT **



Product Data Sheet

REFLECTIVE WALL PANELS

APPLICATIONConwed Designscape|Wall Technology Reflective Wall Panels are designed for theaters, auditoriums and listening environments requiring acoustical reflection; usually to balance other absorption elements.

CONSTRUCTIONCore construction comes in two basic formats. First is MDO (Medium Density Overlay) plywood which is available in either a gel-coat or fabric finish. Second is a dimensionally stable 6-7 PCF glass fiberboard with resin hardened edge protection, faced with a 1/16” resilient co-polymer sheet, all covered with fabric. Fabric finishes are completely adhered to the face of the panel and returned to the back for a full finished, fully tailored edge.

SIZE AVAILABILITYAvailable MDO thickness is ¾” with optional built up wood edges, maximum size 4’ x 8’. Fiberglass-based reflectors: thicknesses include 1-1/16”, 1-9/16” and 2-1/16”. Widths are up to 53” and lengths to 10’.

EDGE DETAILStandard edge details are square and bevel. Built up edges are available to hide mounting hardware.

FINISHGel-Coat is standard with MDO, often with the back painted black. A wide variety of fabrics are also available from all major brands, including Guilford, Maharam, Knoll, Carnegie, and Designtex.

MOUNTINGStandard mounting for MDO is Z-bar to Z-bar. Fiberglass-based reflectors are also available in adhesive, Z-Clip, concealed splines, impaling clips (with adhesive) or hook and loop.

EXCELLENT ACOUSTICAL PERFORMANCEReflective Wall Panels provide excellent acoustical performance for, theaters, auditoriums or other venues requiring sound reflection. 1-1/16” fiberglass-based reflectors achieve an NRC of 0.20. FIRE PERFORMANCEComponents have been tested according to ASTM E 84* and have a Class I/A rating, with the exception of the MDO plywood.

RECYCLED CONTENTReflective Wall Panels, depending on construction may utilize an Owens Corning fiberglass board core that is eligible to bear the Green Cross label for recycled content. The board is certified on average to contain at least 57% recycled glass, with 5% post-consumer and 52% pre-consumer content.


WARRANTY3-YEAR WARRANTYReflective Wall Panels have a limited 3-year warranty. The panels are warranted to be free from defects in material and workmanship for a period of three years from the date of purchase.



Product Data Sheet

REFLECTIVE WALL PANELS

��


��4�.��!��"��#�$� �� %!�&�'��(�'��)*"��+�!��,�� &&� �,�� "�"!-"��

�../��!",��"!"��!�"�!0��#�$��!""��1��&��,�+��&��

PART 1 GENERAL








PART 2 MATERIALS

2.1 Acoustical wall panels shall be: Reflective Wall Panels as manufactured by Conwed Designscape|Wall Technology, 800 Gustafson Road, Ladysmith, WI 54848. Phone (800) 932-2383, fax (800) 833-4798.

2.2 Reflective Wall Panels shall be constructed of a ¾” MDO – Medium Density Overlay plywood. Optional fiberglass-based reflectors will be constructed of a composite core of dimensionally stable rigid fiberglass of 6-7 PCF density covered with 1/16” co-polymer of 1-1/16”, 1-9/16”, 2-1/16” or custom thickness ____________ (specify).

2.3 Sizes: ______ width and _______ high or as shown on drawings. Standard maximum size is 48” wide x 96” high (nominal) for MDO. Standard maximum is 53” wide x 10’ high for fiberglass-based reflectors. Custom or larger sizes available; consult manufacturer. Panels are to be manufactured according to field dimensions supplied by the installing contractor. Standard tolerances are ± 1/16” in width and length.

2.4 Edge profile shall be: Square, full bevel, half-bevel, miter, or custom __________________ (specify). Corner detail shall be: Square, radius or custom _______________ (specify).

2.5 Panel finish shall be gel-coat (MDO only) or ________________________________________ (specify finish manufacturer, pattern, color and specifier). Finish shall be applied directly over the face and edges of the panel and returned to the back to provide a full finished edge. All corners are fully tailored.

2.6 Standard MDO mounting is Z-bar to Z-bar. Fiberglass mounting shall be adhesive / resin spots, adhesive no resin, Impaling / adhesive, spline, VELCRO,® z-clip to double wall clip, Z-bar to Z-bar, z-clip / VELCRO® or custom____________ (specify). Adhesive, miscellaneous fasteners, (i.e. nails, screws, etc.) and additional hanging hardware are to be supplied by the contractor.

2.7 Flammability – All panel components except MDO plywood shall have a Class “A” fire rating in accordance with ASTM E-84.





** CID FONT **


** CID FONT **



Product Data Sheet

URBAN FOREST PANELS

APPLICATIONUrban Forest panels are designed for use in high abuse areas requiring sound absorption and clean-ability. A “pan” of perforated co-polymer over fiberglass allows sound absorption while withstanding many forms of punishment. Use in gymnasiums, hotels, multi-purpose rooms – anywhere requiring a durable, acoustically absorbent panel with a faux wood finish.

CONSTRUCTIONThis panel features an innovative combination of dimensionally stable 6-7 PCF glass fiberboard, with a 1/16” resilient perforated co-polymer face sheet with heat-formed edges. A white or black scrim layer is optional under the co-polymer sheet.

SIZE AVAILABILITYThicknesses include:1-1/16”, 1-9/16” and 2-1/16”. Widths are up to 48” for 1” and 46” for 2”. Lengths are up to 116” for 1”, and 114” for 2”. Standard tolerance is ± 1/8”; a reveal of 1/4” is required between panels.

EDGE DETAILAll edges, square only, are resin hardened underneath the heat-formed co-polymer.

FINISHThe co-polymer is available in many standard wood-grains. See ____________________ for details. MOUNTINGStandard wall mountings include; spot adhesive with optional impaling clips, Z-clip, hook & loop, and magnetic fasteners. Z-bar to Z-bar is the recommended ceiling mount. ACOUSTICAL PERFORMANCE All Conwed Designscape|Wall Technology products are constantly modified to achieve their maximum acoustical performance while providing the aesthetics desired in their applications. Panels are available in a variety of thickness, and their performances are tested in accordance to ASTM procedures in a NVLAP accredited laboratory.

Please consult with your Sales Representative, or the Company’s Technical Services Department for assistance in determining the proper panels, and their acoustical specifications, for your application.


1” 4.1

1-½” 6.2

2” 8.3

3” 12.5

4” 16.6


RECYCLED CONTENTUrban Forest panels can utilize an Owens Corning fiberglass board core that is third-party certified for recycled content. The board is certified by SCS to contain at least 57% recycled glass.


WARRANTY3-YEAR WARRANTY Urban Forest panels have a limited 3-year warranty starting from date of shipment The panels are warranted to be free from defects in material and workmanship.



PART 1 GENERAL








PART 2 MATERIALS

2.1 Acoustical panels shall be: Urban Forest Wall Panels as manufactured by Conwed Designscape|Wall Techbology, 800 Gustafson Road, Ladysmith, WI 54848. Phone (800) 932-2383, fax (800) 833-4798.

2.2 Acoustical Panels shall be constructed of a composite core construction of dimensionally stable rigid fiberglass of medium 6-7 PCF density, laminated to a 1/16” resilient perforated co-polymer face sheet. Thickness (choose one) 1-1/16”, 1-9/16”, 2-1/16” or custom __________ (specify).

2.3 Sizes: ______ width and _______ high or as shown on drawings. Standard maximum size is 48” for 1” panels, and 46” for 2” thick panels. Length maximums are 116” for 1” panels and 114” for 2”. Panels are to be manufactured according to field dimensions supplied by the installing contractor. Standard tolerances are ± 1/8” in width and length.

2.4 Edge profile shall be square. Corner detail shall be square.

Edge treatment shall be resin hardened beneath heat-formed co-polymer.

2.5 Panel finish shall be Riga Birch, Honey Maple, Pearwood, Wild Apple, Spiced Fruitwood, Black Cherry or custom ____________________ (specify color). Co-polymer shall be applied directly to face and edges of the panel.

2.6 Mounting shall be: Adhesive/Resin, Impaling/Adhesive, Lay-in, Magnet, VELCRO®, Panel Clip to Z-Bar, Panel Clip to Double Wall Clip, Z-Bar to Z-Bar (recommended for ceilings), Aluminum Z-Clips, Panel Clips/VELCRO® or custom ________________ (specify). Adhesive, miscellaneous fasteners, (i.e. nails, screws, etc.) and standard continuous wall leveling angle are to be supplied by the contractor.








Product Data Sheet

URBAN FOREST PANELS

��

T: 1-800-932-2383F: 1-800-833-4798www.conwedwalltech.com

��'�� !��"��#�$� ��5"�!�!��'��2��(�'��2�)*"��+�!��,�� &&� �,�� "�"!-"��

�../��!",��"!"��!�"�!0��#�$��!""��1��&��,�+��&��

** CID FONT **


** CID FONT **


http://www.conwedwalltech.com

Product Data Sheet

WEDGE WALL PANELS

APPLICATIONConwed Designscape|Wall Technology Wedge Wall Panels are used for directed acoustical absorption or reflection combined with strong design elements. Product is suitable for theaters and other critical listening environments.

CONSTRUCTIONThe core construction is a ¾” dimensionally stable 6-7 PCF glass fiberboard attached at an angle to an MDO plywood backer and ribs, covered face and edges with a layer of 16-20 pcf molded fiberglass for absorption, or for reflection, the face is a ¾” MDO plywood sheet. Finishes are completely adhered to the face of the panel and returned to the back for a full finished, fully tailored edge.

SIZE AVAILABILITYMaximum size is 16 square feet, with a maximum length of 8’, and minimum width of 2’. Minimum depth is 1-1/2”.

EDGE DETAILAll edges are square and covered with 1/8” molded fiberglass.

FINISHA wide variety of fabrics are available from all major brands, including Guilford, Maharam, Knoll, Carnegie, and Designtex.

MOUNTINGStandard mounting is Z-Clip to Z-Bar. Z-Bar to Z-Bar, or a combination of Z-Bar on the top, and VELCRO® on the bottom are also available.

FIRE PERFORMANCEComponents, with the exception of the MDO plywood have been tested according to ASTM E 84* and have a Class I/A rating.

RECYCLED CONTENTWedge Wall Panels utilize an Owens Corning fiberglass board core that is eligible to bear the Green Cross label for recycled content. The board is certified on average to contain at least 57% pre-consumer and 5% post-consumer recycled glass.


WARRANTY3-YEAR WARRANTYWedge Wall Panels have a limited 3-year warranty. The panels are warranted to be free from defects in material and workmanship for a period of three years from the date of shipment.



Product Data Sheet

WEDGE WALL PANELS

��


��5��!��"��#�$� �� %!�&�'��(�'��)*"��+�!��,�� &&� �,�� "�"!-"��

�../��!",��"!"��!�"�!0��#�$��!""��1��&��,�+��&��

PART 1 GENERAL








PART 2 MATERIALS

2.1 Acoustical wall panels shall be: Wedge Wall Panels as manufactured by Conwed Designscape|Wall Technology, 800 Gustafson Road, Ladysmith, WI 54848. Phone (800) 932-2383, fax (800) 833-4798

2.2 Wedge Panels shall be constructed of a composite core construction of dimensionally stable rigid fiberglass of 6-7 pcf density mounted to a ½” MDO backer. 1/8” molded fiberglass of 16-20 pcf density shall cover face and edges for absorptive panels, and 1/16” unperforated copoly shall cover the face for reflective panels.

2.3 Sizes: ______ width and _______ high or as shown on drawings. Standard maximum size is 16 square feet, with lengths not exceeding 8’, and widths not less than 2’. Custom smaller sizes available; consult manufacturer. Panels are to be manufactured according to field dimensions supplied by the installing contractor. Standard tolerances are ± 1/16” in width and length.

2.4 Edge profile shall be: Square. Corner detail shall be: Square. Edges will be covered with 1/8” molded fiberglass of 16-20 pcf density.


2.6 Mounting shall be: Z-Clip to Wall Bar, Z-Clip to Double Wall Clip, Z-Bar to Z-Bar, Z-Clip / VELCRO® or custom ________________ (specify). Adhesive, miscellaneous fasteners, (i.e. nails, screws, etc.) and standard continuous wall leveling angle are to be supplied by the contractor.






** CID FONT **


** CID FONT **



Product Data Sheet

OMNI PLANE DIFFUSER PANEL

APPLICATIONConwed Designscape|Wall Technology Omni Plane Diffuser Panel used for walls and ceilings combines absorption and diffusion into one sound panel. Used in any critical listening environment, the product is often combined with A100 Series sound panels which are similar in appearance.

CONSTRUCTIONThe patented internal structure uses two layers of 6-7 PCF glass fiberboard separated by a proprietary vinyl layer to form a low-profile, composite absorber/diffuser product.

The layers have a pattern of wells that yield an equal distribution of absorptive and reflective regions, both vertically and horizontally. Their constructive and destructive interference with incident sound, produced by the varied hole-pattern combinations and varied hole-depth, creates significant sound scattering in the critical mid-frequencies.

Panel is completed with resin hardened edge protection and fabric completely adhered to the face of the panel and returned to the back for a full finished edge. All corners are fully tailored.

SIZE AVAILABILITY Available thicknesses are 1” and the standard 2”. Maximum sizes are 3’x5’ for ceiling panels and 4’x10’ for walls.

EDGE DETAIL All edges are resin hardened and square.

FINISHESA wide variety of fabrics are available from all major brands, including Guilford, Maharam, Knoll, Carnegie, and Designtex.

MOUNTINGStandard mountings for ceilings include Z-Bar to Z-Bar and lay-in. Wall panel mounting includes Impaling clips with perimeter adhesive and Z-clip.

SUPER ACOUSTICAL PERFORMANCEThe Omni Plane Diffuser provides excellent acoustical performance for music studios, control rooms, worship areas, auditoriums and wherever combined sound diffusion and absorption is required.

SOUND ABSORPTION COEFFICIENTSHZ 1” A* 1”E400 2”A125 0.09 0.43 0.23250 0.21 0.28 0.83500 0.72 0.51 0.781000 0.79 0.76 1.012000 0.91 0.99 0.904000 1.03 1.10 0.78NRC 0.65 0.65 0.90

*A mount is typical impaling/perimeter adhesive wall mounting. E400 is a typical ceiling mount with a 16” plenum space.

RANDOM INCIDENCE SOUND SCATTERING PER ISO 17497-1HZ 125 0.00250 0.03500 0.001000 0.052000 0.42

4000 0.51

FIRE PERFORMANCE Each component has been tested according to ASTM E 84* and has a Class I/A rating.

RECYCLED CONTENT Omni Plane Diffuser Panels can utilize an Owens Corning fiberglass board core that is third-party certified for recycled content. The board is certified by SCS to contain at least 57% recycled glass.


WARRANTY3-YEAR WARRANTYThe Omni Plane Diffuser Panels have a limited 3-year warranty starting from date of purchase. The panels are warranted to be free from defects in material and workmanship.



Product Data Sheet

OMNI PLANE DIFFUSER PANEL

��


��2� ��!��"��#�$� �� %!�&�'��(�'��)*"��+�!��,�� &&� �,�� "�"!-"��

�../��!",��"!"��!�"�!0��#�$��!""��1��&��,�+��&��









PART 2 MATERIALS2.1 Acoustical ceiling panels shall be: The Omni Plane Diffuser

Panel as manufactured by Conwed Designscape|Wall

Technology, 800 Gustafson Road, Ladysmith, WI 54848. Phone (800) 932-2383, fax (800) 833-4798.

2.2 Acoustical Panels shall be constructed of a composite core with two layers of dimensionally stable rigid fiberglass of 6-7 pcf density separated by a proprietary vinyl layer. Thickness (choose one) 1” or 2”.

2.3 Sizes: ______ width and _______ high or as shown on drawings. Standard maximum size is 36”x 60” for ceilings and 48” wide x 120” high for wall panels. Custom sizes within these limitations are standard. Panels are to be manufactured according to field dimensions supplied by the installing contractor. Standard tolerances are ± 1/16” in width and length.

2.4 Edge profile shall be: Square.


2.6 Mounting shall be: Z-Bar to Z-Bar or Lay-in for ceilings, Z-Clip or impaling clip / perimeter adhesive for walls. Adhesive, miscellaneous fasteners, (i.e. nails, screws, etc.) and standard continuous wall leveling angle are to be supplied by the contractor.


2.8 Flammability – All panel components shall have a Class “A” flame spread rating of 25 or less in accordance with ASTM E-84.





** CID FONT **


** CID FONT **



Product Data Sheet

RESPOND® DIFFUSERS:BARREL AND PYRAMIDAL

DESCRIPTION & USESConwed Designscape|Wall Technology Diffusers are designed for use in performance areas, auditoriums and other facilities requiring enhanced quality and acoustical performance. Diffusers scatter and blend sounds for a broad range of frequencies and improve the quality of music environments.

By reflecting and absorbing sounds, diffusers blend the sound field in a room resulting in a more pleasant listening experience. Various sizes of barrel and pyramidal diffusers are available to meet the most demanding project needs. These rugged and easy to install diffusers are supplied with hardware for either wall or ceiling applications.

COMPOSITIONDiffusers are constructed of 1/8” thermoformed fire resistant plastic, and are molded to a one-piece barrel or a special offset pyramidal shape. The surface is white and lightly textured, or, fabric can be applied directly to the face forming a full finished edge with tailored corners. The internal portion can be lined with a 1-1/2” thick layer of glass fiber batt to enhance sound absorption.

AVAILABILITYDiffusers are offered in a white lemon peel texture, or are available with fabric coverings. Contact Conwed Designscape|Wall Technology for available fabrics and colors.

Barrel Diffuser first dimension indicates the faceted side.

* These sizes are available in rigid

fiberglass only. Custom shapes and

sizes are available upon request.

PHYSICAL PROPERTY DATASurface burning characteristics:

Components have been tested in accordance with ASTM E84* and determined to have a Class I/A rating.

EXCELLENT ACOUSTICAL PERFORMANCEOur products are constantly modified to achieve their maximum acoustical performance while providing the aesthetics desired in their applications. Panels are available in a variety of thickness, and their performances are tested in accordance to ASTM procedures in a NVLAP accredited laboratory. Please consult with your Sales Representative, or the Company’s Technical Services Department for assistance in determining the proper panels, and their acoustical specifications, for your application.

NOISE REDUCTION COEFFICIENT The NRC value for each product was determined in conformance with Test method ASTM C 423, using the D5 mounting (5mm airspace):

Pyramidal NRC4’x4’ Thermoformed .10

Barrel NRC4’x4’ Thermoformed .10

Data is also available upon request for fabric covered, insulated interior and other mounting configurations.

MOUNTINGWall Diffusers, which have a straight edge, mount using a combination of L-angles and hook and loop fasteners.Ceiling Diffusers normally come in a flanged configuration to fit standard-sized ceiling grid. Note that internally lined diffusers require heavy-duty grid. Optionally, Ceiling Diffusers can be supplied with straight edge and L-angles for direct mounting to solid surfaces.

WARRANTY3-YEAR WARRANTY3-year limited warranty against manufacturing defects.


* The ASTM E 84 standard should be used to measure and describe the properties of materials, products or assemblies in response to heat and flame under controlled laboratory conditions and should not be used to describe or appraise the fire hazard or fire risk of materials, products or assemblies under actual fire conditions. However, results of this test may be used as elements of a fire risk assessment which takes into account all of the factors which are pertinent to an assessment of the fire hazard of a particular end use. Values are reported to the nearest 5 rating.

Type Nominal SizePyramidal 2’ x 2’

2’ x 4’

4’ x 4’

Barrel 2’ x 2’

2’ x 4’

3’ x 3’

4’ x 2’

4’ x 3’

4’ x 4’

* 4’ x 8’

* 6’ x 3’

* 6’ x 4’

* 8’ x 4’

Product Data Sheet

RESPOND® DIFFUSERS:BARREL AND PYRAMIDAL

PART 1 GENERAL


1.2 The extent of the acoustic diffusers is shown on the drawings and in the schedules.

1.3 Submit samples of each type of acoustical panel as shown on the drawings and in schedules and include appropriate technical information including test data and maintenance instructions. Where specified, submit fabric selector cards from manufacturer’s standard finishes, or designer specified finishes.

1.4 Building shall be properly enclosed and under standard occupancy conditions prior to installation.


PART 2 MATERIALS

2.1 Pyramidal Diffusers shall be constructed of: 0.125” Thermoformed plastic: 2’x2’, 2’x4’ and 4’x4’ Pyramidal. Actual wall mount sizes are 22-7/8” and 46-7/8”. The diffuser is molded in one-piece special offset pyramidal shape. If required, the internal pyramidal portion of the diffuser shall have (1 ½” thick layer glass fiber batt adhered to it) or (fire resistant gypsum board). Sizes shall be nominal (2’x2’), (2’x4’), (4’x4’), (custom).

2.2 Barrel Diffusers shall be constructed of: 0.125” Thermoformed plastic: 2’x2’, 2’x4’, 3’x3’, 4’x2’, 4’x3’, 4’x4’, 4’x8’, 6’x3’, 6’x4’, 8’x4’ and custom. Actual wall mount sizes are undersized 1-1/8” (example: 2’x4’ is actually 22-7/8” and 46-7/8”. The diffuser is molded in one-piece special barrel shape. If required, the internal concave surface of the diffuser shall have 1 ½” thick layer glass fiber batt adhered; standard for 4’x6’ and larger.

2.3 Panel finish shall be (white, lightly textured), (woven polyester fabric), (manufacturer approved custom fabric). Fabric finish shall be applied directly to the face and edges of the panel and returned to the back of the panel to provide a full finished edge; all corners to be fully tailored.

2.4 Edges shall be (flanged) for laying into grid, or (straight) for wall and some ceiling applications.

2.5 Where ceiling diffusers with internal liner are specified (standard for 4’x6’ and larger), the grid shall be rated heavy duty. All grid shall be 15/16 inch width.

2.6 Diffusers shall be mounted utilizing concealed L-Angle/Hook and Loop for wall application.

2.7 Diffusers shall have a Noise Reduction Coefficient of ____, and sound absorption coefficients of ___ at 125 Hz, ___ at 250 Hz, ___ at 500 Hz, ___ at 1000 Hz, ___ at 2000 Hz, and ___ at 4000 Hz. (Select values from Technical Bulletin “Application & Performance of Acoustic Wall & Ceiling Diffusers)

2.8 All components utilized in the construction of the Conwed Designscape|Wall Technology Diffusers shall meet a Class A rating as tested per ASTM E-84, Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 Installation of all Diffusers shall not begin until all wet work, such as plastering, concrete, etc. is completely dry. The panels are designed for installation under standard occupancy conditions from 60°F to 85°F and at not more than 80% R.H. in an enclosed building.

3.2 The contractor shall be responsible for the examination and acceptance of all surfaces and conditions prior to panel installation.

3.3 All Conwed Designscape|Wall Technology Diffusers shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s specifications and recommendations.

3.4 All necessary hardware and accessories for the complete job installation are to be furnished by the contractor.

3.5 Protection – Protect installed work from damage due to subsequent construction activity on the site.





��


�� !��"��#�$� �� %!�&�'��(�'��)*"��+�!��,�� &&� �,�� "�"!-"��

�../��!",��"!"��!�"�!0��#�$��!""��1��&��,�+��&��

** CID FONT **


** CID FONT **



Product Data Sheet

RESPOND® BAFFLES: FOLD-UP AND BACK-TO-BACK

APPLICATION

FOLD-UP AND BACK-TO-BACK CONSTRUCTIONThe core construction of dimensionally stable 6-7 PCF glass fiberboard with resin hardened edge protection. D-Ring support. Fabric is continuous at the bottom of the Fold-Up Baffle, with visible seams on the vertical edges.

EDGE DETAILAll edges are resin hardened. Fold-Up Baffles have square edges, Back-to-Back is available in: square, radius, bevel, and half bevel.

FINISHA wide variety of fabrics are available from all major brands, including Guilford, Maharam, Knoll, Carnegie, and Designtex. A comprehensive selection of vinyl coverings is available from Sanitas Kalahari, Designtex and Maharam for Back-to-Back Baffles.

MOUNTINGFold-up and Back-to-Back Baffles utilize D-Rings.

EXCELLENT ACOUSTICAL PERFORMANCEBaffles provide excellent large area acoustical performance for auditoriums, theaters, offices, libraries, eating establishments and classrooms. Our products are constantly modified to achieve their maximum acoustical performance while providing the aesthetics desired in their applications. Panels are available in a variety of thickness, and their performances are tested in accordance to ASTM procedures in a NVLAP accredited laboratory. Please consult with your Sales Representative, or the Company’s Technical Services Department for assistance in determining the proper panels, and their acoustical specifications, for your application.

FIRE PERFORMANCE All components have been tested according to ASTM E 84* and have a Class I/A rating.

RECYCLED CONTENT Baffles can utilize an Owens Corning fiberglass board core that is third-party certified for recycled content. The board is certified by SCS to contain at least 57% recycled glass.


WARRANTY3-YEAR WARRANTYBaffles have a limited 3-year warranty. The panels are warranted to be free from defects in material and workmanship for a period of three years from the date of shipment.


* The ASTM E 84 standard should be used to measure and describe the properties of materials, products or assemblies in response to heat and flame under controlled laboratory conditions and should not be used to describe or appraise the fire hazard or fire risk of materials, products or assemblies under actual fire conditions. However, results of this test may be used as elements of a fire risk assessment, which takes into, account all of the factors, which are pertinent to an assessment of the fire hazard of a

** CID FONT **

** FONT NAME ** Arial-ItalicMT ** 83 ** 82 ** 101 ** 100 ** 102 ** 101 ** 111 ** 110 ** 112 ** 111 ** 113 ** 112 ** 116 ** 115

** CID FONT **

** FONT NAME ** ArialMT ** 33 ** 32 ** 38 ** 37 ** 43 ** 42 ** 45 ** 44 ** 46 ** 45 ** 47 ** 46 ** 48 ** 47 ** 49 ** 48 ** 50 ** 49 ** 51 ** 50 ** 52 ** 51 ** 53 ** 52 ** 54 ** 53 ** 55 ** 54 ** 56 ** 55 ** 57 ** 56 ** 58 ** 57 ** 59 ** 58 ** 66 ** 65 ** 67 ** 66 ** 68 ** 67 ** 69 ** 68 ** 70 ** 69 ** 71 ** 70 ** 72 ** 71 ** 73 ** 72 ** 76 ** 75 ** 77 ** 76 ** 78 ** 77 ** 79 ** 78 ** 80 ** 79 ** 81 ** 80 ** 83 ** 82 ** 84 ** 83 ** 85 ** 84 ** 86 ** 85 ** 87 ** 86 ** 88 ** 87 ** 98 ** 97 ** 99 ** 98 ** 100 ** 99 ** 101 ** 100 ** 102 ** 101 ** 103 ** 102 ** 104 ** 103 ** 105 ** 104 ** 106 ** 105 ** 107 ** 106 ** 108 ** 107 ** 109 ** 108 ** 110 ** 109 ** 111 ** 110 ** 112 ** 111 ** 113 ** 112 ** 114 ** 113 ** 115 ** 114 ** 116 ** 115 ** 117 ** 116 ** 118 ** 117 ** 119 ** 118 ** 120 ** 119 ** 121 ** 120 ** 122 ** 121 ** 123 ** 122 ** 274 ** 190 ** 212 ** 39 ** 210 ** 8221

** CID FONT **

** FONT NAME ** Arial-BoldMT ** 33 ** 32 ** 45 ** 44 ** 46 ** 45 ** 50 ** 49 ** 59 ** 58 ** 66 ** 65 ** 67 ** 66 ** 68 ** 67 ** 69 ** 68 ** 70 ** 69 ** 71 ** 70 ** 72 ** 71 ** 73 ** 72 ** 74 ** 73 ** 76 ** 75 ** 77 ** 76 ** 78 ** 77 ** 79 ** 78 ** 80 ** 79 ** 81 ** 80 ** 83 ** 82 ** 84 ** 83 ** 85 ** 84 ** 86 ** 85 ** 87 ** 86 ** 88 ** 87 ** 90 ** 89 ** 91 ** 90 ** 98 ** 97 ** 100 ** 99 ** 101 ** 100 ** 102 ** 101 ** 103 ** 102 ** 108 ** 107 ** 109 ** 108 ** 111 ** 110 ** 112 ** 111 ** 113 ** 112 ** 115 ** 114 ** 116 ** 115 ** 117 ** 116 ** 118 ** 117

Product Data Sheet

��

1-800-932-2383www.conweddesignscape.com

��'� ��!��"��#�$� �� %!�&�'��(�'��)*"��+�!��,�� &&� �,�� "�"!-"��

�../��!",��"!"��!�"�!0��#�$��!""��1��&��,�+��&��

RESPOND® BAFFLES: FOLD-UP AND BACK-TO-BACK

PART 1 GENERAL








PART 2 MATERIALS

2.1 Acoustical wall panels shall be: Baffles: Fold-Up or Back-to-Back as manufactured by Conwed Designscape|Wall Technology, 800 Gustafson Road, Ladysmith, WI 54848. Phone (800) 932-2383, fax (800) 833-4798

2.2 Baffles shall be constructed of a composite core construction of dimensionally stable rigid fiberglass of 6-7 pcf density. Fold-Up or Back-to-Back thickness (choose one) 1”, 1-1/2” or 2”.

2.3 Sizes: ______ width and _______ high or as shown on drawings. Fold-Up maximum size is 4’ wide x 8’ high, or 6’ wide x 2’ high, and Back-to-Back maximum size is 4’ x 12’ or 5’ x 10’ in any orientation. Custom sizes available; consult manufacturer. Panels are to be manufactured according to field dimensions supplied by the installing contractor. Standard tolerances are ± 1/16” in width and length.

2.4 Edge profile shall be square for Fold-Up Baffles. Back-to-back edges can be: Square, radius, full bevel, half-bevel, miter, or custom __________________ (specify). Corner detail shall be: Square. Edge treatment shall be resin hardened.

2.5 Panel finish shall be ________________________________________ (specify finish manufacturer, pattern, color and specifier). Finish shall be applied directly over the faces and all edges of the baffles. All corners are fully tailored.

2.6 Mounting shall be vertical attachment to D-Rings with Fold-Up and Back-to-back Baffles. Any miscellaneous fasteners are to be supplied by the contractor.

2.7 Acoustical Performance – Baffles shall have a minimum Sabins rating of ____________________ (specify) when tested in accordance with ASTM C423 Procedure.







** CID FONT **


** CID FONT **




The following are guidelines given in good faith to help avoid

common errors. They are not intended to be a step-by-step list

of instructions or a checklist, and it is assumed the installer has

general construction knowledge. Conwed Designscape|Wall

Technology bears no responsibility for any installation actions taken

or not taken, and is not responsible for installer selection.

INSPECTION• Freight Damage: Inspect cartons for obvious damage

before accepting and note on delivery ticket.

• Concealed Damage: Notify Conwed Designscape|Wall Technology (1-800-932-2383) of any concealed damage within five (5) business days of receipt. Claims beyond five (5) days will be honored at the discretion of Conwed Designscape/Wall Technology or the freight company.

• Do not install panels of unacceptable quality. Contact your sales representative immediately. Conwed Designscape|Wall Technology will not be responsible for installation or removal costs of unacceptable panels.

HANDLING AND STORAGE• Clean white gloves must be used whenever handling ceiling

panels.

• Store panels on a flat, dry, solid surface. Do not store on edge.

• Keep panels dry, clean and free from dust and damage.

SYSTEM COMPONENTS

Cruciform Grid Grid ConnectorPerimeter Grid

Spring Retainer ClipSaddle Clip Panel Pull ToolTorsion Spring

Spacer Bar

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

** CID FONT **

** FONT NAME ** ArialBlack ** 33 ** 32 ** 66 ** 65 ** 68 ** 67 ** 100 ** 99 ** 102 ** 101 ** 104 ** 103 ** 106 ** 105 ** 109 ** 108 ** 111 ** 110 ** 116 ** 115



SYSTEM INSTALLATION

1. Review layout drawings and determine location of hardware. Panels are labeled on the back to correspond with installation drawings.

2. Hang Grid Mains using methods for standard grid (ASTM C 636). A minimum of one (1) wire every 4’ along grid mains is recommended, follow local codes.

3. Install Grid Connectors as required at grid joints. Fasten onto the web of the grid joint with 2 self tapping screws (below).

Best Practice Keep wires plumb to Grid Mains

Install Grid Connectors at the

web or thin part of the grid

4. Install Spring Retainer Clips and Torsion Springs

a. On the long side of the panel (unless otherwise specified) apply 1 spring on each end as shown. Add additional springs (and center) depending on length: More then 36” add 1, more than 60” add 2, more than 84” add 3, more than 108” add 4 (total of 6 springs per side, or 12 per panel).

b. If the panel has a return on one end, add an additional spring near the return.

c. Note that spring hardware positioning is flexible; however do not use less than the recommended amount of springs!

Torsion Spring

fits tight against corner gusset


Spacer Bars are installed about every 4’ and are staggered. Note: perimeter Spacer Bars are shorter!

Saddle Clip spacing must match spring placement on panels.

5. Install Spacer Bars and Saddle Clips

a. Transfer the spacing of the Spring Retainer Clips on the panels to the grid and apply Saddle Clips.

b. Install Spacer Bars as shown. Note: When working around ceiling obstructions, the Spring Retainer Clips and Saddle Clips can be moved when necessary.

6. Hang each panel from one side by securing the Torsion Springs into the Saddle Clips. Note that interior panels and perimeter panels hang from opposite sides of the Saddle Clip!

Interior panel is shown in a hanging position

Perimeter panel is shown in a hanging position. Note Perimeter grid

Engage!

Push Up In The Middle Of A Panel Side Between The Grid Mains

All Torsion Springs attached

7. Swing the panel to a horizontal position and attach the remaining springs. Engage as shown. Common practice is to install one row at a time.


Torsion Springs must be vertical and panel in proper alignment before installing the next panel!

8. Panels must be aligned one-at-a-time as installed. Usually, aligning Saddle Clips or Spring Retainer Clips to ensure springs are in the right place and vertical will resolve alignment issues. Attempting to install all panels and then aligning as a second step will result in failure!!!

Penetrations• Penetrations are handled similar to most drop-ceiling

applications. Use escutcheon plates where appropriate for penetrations.

• Avoid cutting near panel frames. 3” minimum is recommended.

• Independently support all suspended items including sprinklers, lights, diffusers and etceteras.

Removal Cleaning GuidelinesFor fabric and painted finishes, general maintenance for dust removal is light brushing or vacuuming. Fingerprints and light soiling can often be removed using a dry chemical sponge or an art gum eraser. For more vigorous treatments on fabric covered panels, the fabric manufacturer should be consulted. Most polyester fabrics clean well by sponging with the foam from a mild detergent or upholstery shampoo, followed by rinsing with a clean sponge. Other cleaning agents, including solvent-based cleaners can be used to remove spotting, however always pre-test in an unseen area.


��

T: 1-800-932-2383F: 1-800-833-4798www.conweddesignscape.comm

�� !��"��#�$� �� %!�&�'��(�'��)*"��+�!��,�� &&� �,�� "�"!-"��


** CID FONT **

** FONT NAME ** GillSans ** 33 ** 32 ** 46 ** 44 ** 47 ** 45 ** 48 ** 46 ** 50 ** 48 ** 51 ** 49 ** 52 ** 50 ** 54 ** 52 ** 55 ** 53 ** 58 ** 56 ** 67 ** 65 ** 69 ** 67 ** 73 ** 71 ** 78 ** 76 ** 80 ** 78 ** 81 ** 79 ** 82 ** 80 ** 84 ** 82 ** 85 ** 83 ** 87 ** 85 ** 89 ** 87 ** 99 ** 97 ** 100 ** 98 ** 101 ** 99 ** 102 ** 100 ** 103 ** 101 ** 104 ** 102 ** 105 ** 103 ** 106 ** 104 ** 107 ** 105 ** 110 ** 108 ** 111 ** 109 ** 112 ** 110 ** 113 ** 111 ** 114 ** 112 ** 116 ** 114 ** 117 ** 115 ** 118 ** 116 ** 119 ** 117 ** 120 ** 118 ** 121 ** 119 ** 123 ** 121 ** 170 ** 169

** CID FONT **



Installation Instructions


Fabric Panels, page 1Painted Panels, page 2

The following are guidelines given in good faith to help avoid common errors. They are not intended to be a step-by-step list of instructions or a checklist, and it is assumed the installer has general construction knowledge. Conwed Designscape|Wall Technology bears no responsibility for installation actions taken or not taken, and is not responsible for installer selection.

INSPECTION• Freight Damage: Inspect cartons for obvious damage before

accepting and note on delivery ticket.• Concealed Damage: Notify Conwed Designscape|Wall

Technology of any concealed damage within 5 business days of receipt. Claims beyond 5 days will be honored at the discretion of Conwed/Wall Technology or the freight company.

RECOMMENDED PRACTICE• Square the grid before beginning the installation to avoid

later alignment issues. Less than 1/16” variation in diagonal measurements should be targeted.

• Common practice is to install wall angle ½” lower than the face of the grid to hide field cut edges. If this cannot be done then follow steps below.

Step 1: If you have a fabric that makes the panels directional, make sure the arrows on the backs of the panels are aligned…and make your cuts to maintain that direction. It’s a good practice to measure both edges of the grid opening, and mark those on the panel face.

Step 2: Pull the fabric back from the cut edge just over ½”…and not farther! Cut the core to the finished size. Note that if the fabric is pulled back too far, it will leave an objectional line on the face of the panel.

Step 3: Use a spray contact adhesive such as 3M Spray 77 to coat both the panel core edge and the fabric. Do not get the adhesive on the face of the panel.

Step 4: If the direction of the fabric caused you to cut off an edge that rested on the grid, use the GL Perimeter Clips provided…up to 30” use 2 clips. Add one clip in the center for longer edges. Note that the longer part of the clip is inserted in the panel.


��


�� !��"��#�$� �� %!�&�'��(�'��)*"��+�!��,�� &&� �,�� "�"!-"��

�../��!",��"!"��!�"�!0��#�$��!""��1��&��,�+��&��


PAINTED PANEL GUIDELINESAlso applies to Scrim-Faced (non-painted) Panels

In many cases, field cut edges can be hidden with a “T” or “L” channel. Often lights, sprinkler heads and similar items have escutcheon plates that will cover the exposed core. However if the field-cut edge is exposed, please follow the example below.

1. Required materials:a. Pre-painted fiberglass mat from the factory.

2. Recommended Tools:a. Clean gloves for handling the panelsb. Small circular saw with rip fencec. Shop knifed. Contact spray adhesivee. Straight Edge (T square)f. Pencilg. 120 grit sandpaper

3. Determine new dimensions for the panel.

4. Lay the panel face down on a clean surface.

5. Verify panel’s original dimensions.

6. Mark the back of the panel to the new dimensions. Painted panels are non-directional, so for Interlocken 2.0 panels, cut off a non-supporting edge.

7. Cut through the thickness of the panel on the mark for the new panel dimensions. Use a rip fence if available.

8. Cut a strip of the pre-painted mat to cover the cut edge of the panel. The strip of pre-painted mat should be cut oversize. Mark the back of the pre-painted mat for easy identification.

9. Spray contact glue on the pre-painted mat and panel edge. Make sure to spray on the backside of the mat, and make sure to NOT get any glue on the panel face!

10. Apply the pre-painted mat to the edge of the panel. Make sure that all panel edges have good contact with the mat.

11. Immediately trim using knife as shown. Cut against a hard surface. Note that cutting short ends first helps prevent tearing the mat.

12. Only if necessary, touch up the edges with LIGHT sanding (120 grit).

13. Only if necessary, touch-up the corners with touch-up paint provided.



Dimension Mark

** CID FONT **


** CID FONT **




IMPALING CLIP/ADHESIVE

The following are guidelines given in good faith to help avoid common errors. They are not intended to be a step-by-step list of instructions or a checklist, and it is assumed the installer has general construction knowledge. Conwed Designscape|Wall Technology bears no responsibility for any installation actions taken or not taken, and is not responsible for installer selection.

HANDLING AND STORAGE �� Handle individual panels ‘on edge’ to avoid bending when

moving and carrying. �� Store panels on a flat, dry, solid surface. Do not store on

edge. �� Take necessary measures to keep panels dry, clean and free

from dust. Pay special attention to edges.

INSTALLATION1. The wall surface must be dry and free from dirt, dust,

grease, loose paint, or any foreign matter that would interfere with a good adhesive bond. If the wall surface is not reasonably flat then panel alignment will be compromised.

2. Snap lines on wall both vertically and horizontally keeping lines plumb and square to create panel locations on the wall.

3. Impaling clips are designed to help hold panels in place until adhesive dries.

4. Use the following guide to determine the number of clips per panel:

Width 12 12 12 12 12 30 48 48 48 48 48Height 48 84 108 132 144 48 48 84 108 132 144# Clips 3 4 5 6 6 5 5 8 10 12 12

5. Installers of Conwed Designscape|Wall Technology products have successfully used the following construction mastics: PL 200, PL 400 (faster acting), Chemrex 200 and others. (This is not a product endorsement.)

6. Apply a ‘picture frame’ of adhesive about 1” from the edge (contacting the vinyl or fabric), and an ‘S’ or ‘W’ in the p anel center. Position the panel against the wall, tilt back to release the solvents and then reposition.

7. Use perimeter adhesive as a wet shim to help align the panel faces.

Contact your local representative for ceiling application.

��


(�'��)*"��+�!��,�� &&� �,�� "�"!-"��

** CID FONT **

** FONT NAME ** GillSans ** 33 ** 32 ** 46 ** 44 ** 48 ** 46 ** 50 ** 48 ** 51 ** 49 ** 52 ** 50 ** 54 ** 52 ** 55 ** 53 ** 58 ** 56 ** 67 ** 65 ** 69 ** 67 ** 73 ** 71 ** 78 ** 76 ** 81 ** 79 ** 84 ** 82 ** 89 ** 87 ** 99 ** 97 ** 101 ** 99 ** 102 ** 100 ** 103 ** 101 ** 104 ** 102 ** 105 ** 103 ** 106 ** 104 ** 107 ** 105 ** 110 ** 108 ** 111 ** 109 ** 112 ** 110 ** 113 ** 111 ** 116 ** 114 ** 117 ** 115 ** 118 ** 116 ** 119 ** 117 ** 120 ** 118 ** 121 ** 119 ** 123 ** 121 ** 170 ** 169

** CID FONT **


** CID FONT **

** FONT NAME ** Times-Roman ** 33 ** 9 ** 165 ** 149



IMPALING CLIP/ADHESIVE WITH RESIN SPOTS


HANDLING AND STORAGE

�� Handle individual panels ‘on edge’ to avoid bending when moving and carrying.

�� Store panels on a flat, dry, solid surface. Do not store on edge.

�� Take necessary measures to keep panels dry, clean and free from dust. Pay special attention to edges.

INSTALLATION

1. The wall surface must be dry and free from dirt, dust, grease, loose paint, or any foreign matter that would interfere with a good adhesive bond. If the wall surface is not reasonably flat then panel alignment will be compromised.



4. Do not install impaling clips at resin spot locations.5. Fully seat any fasteners used to attach impaling clips to the

wall.


�� ' �' �' �' �' 2� ��

6"�,�� 2' �� 2' ��

7�+&�%� 2 � � � � � � � �� ' �'

7. Installers of Conwed Designscape|Wall Technology products have successfully used the following construction mastics: PL 200, PL 400 (faster acting), Chemrex 200 and others. (This is not a product endorsement.)8. Panels are supplied with chemically hardened resin spots on the panel back. Using resin spots, place a 2” diameter dab of construction mastic on each hardened spot.9. Position the panel against the wall, tilt back to release the solvents and then reposition. Temporary support will likely be required to prevent panel slippage (When Impaling Clips are not used).10. Use perimeter adhesive as a wet shim to help align the panel faces.


��


(�'��)*"��+�!��,�� &&� �,�� "�"!-"��

** CID FONT **


** CID FONT **

** FONT NAME ** GillSans ** 33 ** 32 ** 37 ** 35 ** 46 ** 44 ** 48 ** 46 ** 50 ** 48 ** 51 ** 49 ** 52 ** 50 ** 53 ** 51 ** 54 ** 52 ** 55 ** 53 ** 56 ** 54 ** 58 ** 56 ** 67 ** 65 ** 69 ** 67 ** 73 ** 71 ** 74 ** 72 ** 78 ** 76 ** 81 ** 79 ** 84 ** 82 ** 89 ** 87 ** 99 ** 97 ** 101 ** 99 ** 102 ** 100 ** 103 ** 101 ** 104 ** 102 ** 105 ** 103 ** 106 ** 104 ** 107 ** 105 ** 110 ** 108 ** 111 ** 109 ** 112 ** 110 ** 113 ** 111 ** 114 ** 112 ** 116 ** 114 ** 117 ** 115 ** 118 ** 116 ** 119 ** 117 ** 120 ** 118 ** 121 ** 119 ** 123 ** 121 ** 170 ** 169

** CID FONT **




RESPOND® BAFFLES

��


��1��!��"��#�$� �� %!�&�'��(�'��)*"��+�!��,�� &&� �,�� "�"!-"��

�../��!",��"!"��!�"�!0��#�$��!""��1��&��,�+��&��




• Concealed Damage: Notify Conwed Designscape|Wall Technology of any concealed damage within 5 business days of receipt. Claims beyond 5 days will be honored at the discretion of Conwed Designscape|Wall Technology or the freight company.

Do not install panels of unacceptable quality. Contact your area representative immediately. Conwed Designscape|Wall Technology will not be responsible for installation or removal costs of unacceptable panels.

HANDLING AND STORAGE• Handle individual panels ‘on edge’ to avoid bending when

moving and carrying.


• Take necessary measures to keep panels dry, clean and free from dust. Pay special attention to edges.

INSTALLING THE BAFFLES1. Review the materials list supplied by Conwed

Designscape|Wall Technology (Plant Order) and any drawings. Carefully determine the starting position of the first baffle.

2. Suspend baffles vertically to either eyehooks or D-Rings as supplied. Standard placement is 6” from each edge, and approximately every 24” in the field with a maximum spacing of 30” on 72” wide panels (3 eyehooks or D-Rings).

3. Ganging baffles together is usually done using continuous Velcro strips (supplied by Conwed Designscape|Wall Technology) on vertical edges; this also seals out light penetration between baffles.

4. In a similar manner, Velcro attached to the bottom of the baffle can be used for attachment to office dividers or similar situations.

Note: We strongly recommend that baffles not be ganged vertically.

ThTh ff llll dd ll hh hh ll dddd ff

�

�

** CID FONT **

** FONT NAME ** SymbolMT ** 33 ** 32 ** 150 ** 149

** CID FONT **

** FONT NAME ** TimesNewRoman,Italic ** 33 ** 32 ** 45 ** 44 ** 46 ** 45 ** 47 ** 46 ** 68 ** 67 ** 69 ** 68 ** 70 ** 69 ** 73 ** 72 ** 79 ** 78 ** 80 ** 79 ** 84 ** 83 ** 85 ** 84 ** 88 ** 87 ** 98 ** 97 ** 99 ** 98 ** 100 ** 99 ** 101 ** 100 ** 102 ** 101 ** 103 ** 102 ** 104 ** 103 ** 105 ** 104 ** 106 ** 105 ** 108 ** 107 ** 109 ** 108 ** 110 ** 109 ** 111 ** 110 ** 112 ** 111 ** 113 ** 112 ** 115 ** 114 ** 116 ** 115 ** 117 ** 116 ** 118 ** 117 ** 119 ** 118 ** 120 ** 119 ** 122 ** 121 ** 33 ** 32 ** 45 ** 44 ** 46 ** 45 ** 47 ** 46 ** 68 ** 67 ** 69 ** 68 ** 70 ** 69 ** 73 ** 72 ** 79 ** 78 ** 80 ** 79 ** 84 ** 83 ** 85 ** 84 ** 88 ** 87 ** 98 ** 97 ** 99 ** 98 ** 100 ** 99 ** 101 ** 100 ** 102 ** 101 ** 103 ** 102 ** 104 ** 103 ** 105 ** 104 ** 106 ** 105 ** 108 ** 107 ** 109 ** 108 ** 110 ** 109 ** 111 ** 110 ** 112 ** 111 ** 113 ** 112 ** 115 ** 114 ** 116 ** 115 ** 117 ** 116 ** 118 ** 117 ** 119 ** 118 ** 120 ** 119 ** 122 ** 121 ** 33 ** 32 ** 45 ** 44 ** 46 ** 45 ** 47 ** 46 ** 68 ** 67 ** 69 ** 68 ** 70 ** 69 ** 73 ** 72 ** 79 ** 78 ** 80 ** 79 ** 84 ** 83 ** 85 ** 84 ** 88 ** 87 ** 98 ** 97 ** 99 ** 98 ** 100 ** 99 ** 101 ** 100 ** 102 ** 101 ** 103 ** 102 ** 104 ** 103 ** 105 ** 104 ** 106 ** 105 ** 108 ** 107 ** 109 ** 108 ** 110 ** 109 ** 111 ** 110 ** 112 ** 111 ** 113 ** 112 ** 115 ** 114 ** 116 ** 115 ** 117 ** 116 ** 118 ** 117 ** 119 ** 118 ** 120 ** 119 ** 122 ** 121

** CID FONT **

** FONT NAME ** TimesNewRoman,BoldItalic ** 33 ** 32 ** 67 ** 66 ** 72 ** 71 ** 74 ** 73 ** 98 ** 97 ** 101 ** 100 ** 102 ** 101 ** 103 ** 102 ** 106 ** 105 ** 109 ** 108 ** 111 ** 110 ** 112 ** 111 ** 116 ** 115 ** 117 ** 116 ** 118 ** 117 ** 33 ** 32 ** 67 ** 66 ** 72 ** 71 ** 74 ** 73 ** 98 ** 97 ** 101 ** 100 ** 102 ** 101 ** 103 ** 102 ** 106 ** 105 ** 109 ** 108 ** 111 ** 110 ** 112 ** 111 ** 116 ** 115 ** 117 ** 116 ** 118 ** 117 ** 33 ** 32 ** 67 ** 66 ** 72 ** 71 ** 74 ** 73 ** 98 ** 97 ** 101 ** 100 ** 102 ** 101 ** 103 ** 102 ** 106 ** 105 ** 109 ** 108 ** 111 ** 110 ** 112 ** 111 ** 116 ** 115 ** 117 ** 116 ** 118 ** 117

** CID FONT **

** FONT NAME ** TimesNewRoman,Bold ** 33 ** 32 ** 45 ** 44 ** 49 ** 48 ** 51 ** 50 ** 54 ** 53 ** 67 ** 66 ** 68 ** 67 ** 69 ** 68 ** 71 ** 70 ** 73 ** 72 ** 74 ** 73 ** 75 ** 74 ** 84 ** 83 ** 98 ** 97 ** 100 ** 99 ** 101 ** 100 ** 102 ** 101 ** 103 ** 102 ** 104 ** 103 ** 105 ** 104 ** 106 ** 105 ** 109 ** 108 ** 110 ** 109 ** 111 ** 110 ** 112 ** 111 ** 113 ** 112 ** 115 ** 114 ** 116 ** 115 ** 117 ** 116 ** 118 ** 117 ** 122 ** 121 ** 33 ** 32 ** 45 ** 44 ** 49 ** 48 ** 51 ** 50 ** 54 ** 53 ** 67 ** 66 ** 68 ** 67 ** 69 ** 68 ** 71 ** 70 ** 73 ** 72 ** 74 ** 73 ** 75 ** 74 ** 84 ** 83 ** 98 ** 97 ** 100 ** 99 ** 101 ** 100 ** 102 ** 101 ** 103 ** 102 ** 104 ** 103 ** 105 ** 104 ** 106 ** 105 ** 109 ** 108 ** 110 ** 109 ** 111 ** 110 ** 112 ** 111 ** 113 ** 112 ** 115 ** 114 ** 116 ** 115 ** 117 ** 116 ** 118 ** 117 ** 122 ** 121 ** 33 ** 32 ** 45 ** 44 ** 49 ** 48 ** 51 ** 50 ** 54 ** 53 ** 67 ** 66 ** 68 ** 67 ** 69 ** 68 ** 71 ** 70 ** 73 ** 72 ** 74 ** 73 ** 75 ** 74 ** 84 ** 83 ** 98 ** 97 ** 100 ** 99 ** 101 ** 100 ** 102 ** 101 ** 103 ** 102 ** 104 ** 103 ** 105 ** 104 ** 106 ** 105 ** 109 ** 108 ** 110 ** 109 ** 111 ** 110 ** 112 ** 111 ** 113 ** 112 ** 115 ** 114 ** 116 ** 115 ** 117 ** 116 ** 118 ** 117 ** 122 ** 121

** CID FONT **

** FONT NAME ** Arial-BlackItalic ** 83 ** 82 ** 101 ** 100 ** 102 ** 101 ** 111 ** 110 ** 112 ** 111 ** 113 ** 112 ** 116 ** 115 ** 83 ** 82 ** 101 ** 100 ** 102 ** 101 ** 111 ** 110 ** 112 ** 111 ** 113 ** 112 ** 116 ** 115

** CID FONT **

** FONT NAME ** TimesNewRoman ** 33 ** 32 ** 41 ** 40 ** 42 ** 41 ** 45 ** 44 ** 46 ** 45 ** 47 ** 46 ** 49 ** 48 ** 50 ** 49 ** 51 ** 50 ** 52 ** 51 ** 53 ** 52 ** 54 ** 53 ** 55 ** 54 ** 56 ** 55 ** 59 ** 58 ** 60 ** 59 ** 68 ** 67 ** 69 ** 68 ** 70 ** 69 ** 72 ** 71 ** 74 ** 73 ** 79 ** 78 ** 80 ** 79 ** 81 ** 80 ** 83 ** 82 ** 84 ** 83 ** 85 ** 84 ** 87 ** 86 ** 88 ** 87 ** 98 ** 97 ** 99 ** 98 ** 100 ** 99 ** 101 ** 100 ** 102 ** 101 ** 103 ** 102 ** 104 ** 103 ** 105 ** 104 ** 106 ** 105 ** 108 ** 107 ** 109 ** 108 ** 110 ** 109 ** 111 ** 110 ** 112 ** 111 ** 113 ** 112 ** 114 ** 113 ** 115 ** 114 ** 116 ** 115 ** 117 ** 116 ** 118 ** 117 ** 119 ** 118 ** 120 ** 119 ** 121 ** 120 ** 122 ** 121 ** 168 ** 174 ** 211 ** 39 ** 212 ** 39 ** 210 ** 8221 ** 33 ** 32 ** 41 ** 40 ** 42 ** 41 ** 45 ** 44 ** 46 ** 45 ** 47 ** 46 ** 49 ** 48 ** 50 ** 49 ** 51 ** 50 ** 52 ** 51 ** 53 ** 52 ** 54 ** 53 ** 55 ** 54 ** 56 ** 55 ** 59 ** 58 ** 60 ** 59 ** 68 ** 67 ** 69 ** 68 ** 70 ** 69 ** 72 ** 71 ** 74 ** 73 ** 79 ** 78 ** 80 ** 79 ** 81 ** 80 ** 83 ** 82 ** 84 ** 83 ** 85 ** 84 ** 87 ** 86 ** 88 ** 87 ** 98 ** 97 ** 99 ** 98 ** 100 ** 99 ** 101 ** 100 ** 102 ** 101 ** 103 ** 102 ** 104 ** 103 ** 105 ** 104 ** 106 ** 105 ** 108 ** 107 ** 109 ** 108 ** 110 ** 109 ** 111 ** 110 ** 112 ** 111 ** 113 ** 112 ** 114 ** 113 ** 115 ** 114 ** 116 ** 115 ** 117 ** 116 ** 118 ** 117 ** 119 ** 118 ** 120 ** 119 ** 121 ** 120 ** 122 ** 121 ** 168 ** 174 ** 211 ** 39 ** 212 ** 39 ** 210 ** 8221 ** 33 ** 32 ** 41 ** 40 ** 42 ** 41 ** 45 ** 44 ** 46 ** 45 ** 47 ** 46 ** 49 ** 48 ** 50 ** 49 ** 51 ** 50 ** 52 ** 51 ** 53 ** 52 ** 54 ** 53 ** 55 ** 54 ** 56 ** 55 ** 59 ** 58 ** 60 ** 59 ** 68 ** 67 ** 69 ** 68 ** 70 ** 69 ** 72 ** 71 ** 74 ** 73 ** 79 ** 78 ** 80 ** 79 ** 81 ** 80 ** 83 ** 82 ** 84 ** 83 ** 85 ** 84 ** 87 ** 86 ** 88 ** 87 ** 98 ** 97 ** 99 ** 98 ** 100 ** 99 ** 101 ** 100 ** 102 ** 101 ** 103 ** 102 ** 104 ** 103 ** 105 ** 104 ** 106 ** 105 ** 108 ** 107 ** 109 ** 108 ** 110 ** 109 ** 111 ** 110 ** 112 ** 111 ** 113 ** 112 ** 114 ** 113 ** 115 ** 114 ** 116 ** 115 ** 117 ** 116 ** 118 ** 117 ** 119 ** 118 ** 120 ** 119 ** 121 ** 120 ** 122 ** 121 ** 168 ** 174 ** 211 ** 39 ** 212 ** 39 ** 210 ** 8221

** CID FONT **


** CID FONT **




RESPOND® DIFFUSER



before accepting and note on delivery ticket.• Concealed Damage: Notify us of any concealed

damage within 5 business days of receipt. Claims beyond 5 days will be honored at the discretion of Conwed Designscape|Wall Technology or the freight company.

Do not install products of unacceptable quality. Contact your area sales representative immediately. We will not be responsible for installation or removal costs of unacceptable product.

WALL MOUNTED BARREL AND PYRAMIDAL DIFFUSERS

1. Using the 6” L-Clips as a template, drill 1/8” pop-rivet holes in the front, top lip of the diffuser. Holes should be drilled from the gel coat side and located so the face of the clip is flush with the ‘lip’ of the diffuser.

2. Drill 1/8” pop-rivet holes for hook & loop bracket in similar manner. (Diagrams show locations.)

3. Install L-Clips at top of diffuser and hook & Loop brackets at bottom of diffuser with white-headed pop-rivets. Insert pop-rivet from gel coat side.

4. Mount 6” wall bar to wall using appropriate fasteners to secure to wall structure. Top of wall bar should be located 1/8” below desired height of diffuser. Be sure to allow a 1” minimum clearance above top of wall bar to engage L-Clip on wall bar.

5. Peel off white back of hook & Loop to expose adhesive and insert L-Clips onto wall brackets. With L-Clips fully engaged, level and adjust position. Press bottom of diffuser to wall to adhere hook & loop bracket.

DIFFUSER INSTALLATION

Small Diffuser Parts List, up to 48” x 48”

2 – 6” Wall Bars2 – 6” L-Clips1 – 6” Hook & Loop BracketLocate and install as shown:

L-Clips Hook & Loop


RESPOND® DIFFUSER

Large Diffuser Parts List, Either Dimension over 48”

Hardware amounts and placement varies on large diffusers depending on vertical or horizontal orientation. Enough hardware is supplied to allow for either :

Large Diffuser Parts List

3 – 6” Wall Bars3 – 6” L-Clips4 – 6” Hook & Loop BracketsNote: L-Clips always on top. Locate Hook & Loop on bottom and sometimes long vertical edges as shown; equalize spacing.

Sizes and Ceiling Grid Installation

Nominal Sizes

All diffusers are available with an optional flange for ceiling grid lay-in mounting as shown.

Note that dimensions are slightly downsized such that the body of the diffuser would fit inside grid of standard dimensions.

��


��3��1��!��"��#�$� �� %!�&�'��(�'��)*"��+�!��,�� &&� �,�� "�"!-"��

�../��!",��"!"��!�"�!0��#�$��!""��1��&��,�+��&��

** CID FONT **


** CID FONT **




SPLINESWALL & CEILING MOUNTING




• Concealed Damage: Notify Conwed Designscape|Wall Technology of any concealed damage within 5 business days of receipt. Claims beyond 5 days will be honored at the discretion of Conwed Designscape|Wall Technology or the freight company.

• Do not install panels of unacceptable quality. Contact your area representative immediately. Conwed Designscape|Wall Technology will not be responsible for installation or removal costs of unacceptable panels.

HANDLING AND STORAGE• Handle individual panels ‘on edge’ to avoid bending when

moving and carrying.


• Take necessary measures to keep panels dry, clean and free from dust. Pay special attention to edges.

WALL OPTIONS• The majority of spline attachment is done directly to

drywall often in combination with adhesive.

• One common option is to run horizontal firing strips to even-up wall surfaces and to increase the acoustical absorption of the wall panel assembly.

PLANNING THE INSTALL1. Review the materials list supplied by Conwed

Designscape|Wall Technology (Plant Order) and any drawings. Carefully determine the starting position of the first panel.

2. Snap lines on wall both vertically and horizontally keeping lines plumb and square.

3. Many installers attach a standard wall angle or wood nailer to the bottom of the panel run, unless the panels are resting on the floor. A fabric-covered wall angle can be supplied.

INSTALLING THE FIRST PANEL• The first option shown is to cut the short webs from a

standard spline to create a starter spline. Using #6 sheet rock screws, or other appropriate fasteners, attach to wall surface. Common screw spacing is approximately 12 inches apart.

• As an option, use adhesive along a corner as shown. High quality wall mastics such as Liquid Nails PL200, Chemrex 200 and others have been successfully used. The goal is to attach the fabric to the wall surface. Also, adhesive can skin over quickly; therefore apply and mount quickly.

ff ll d l d ff h h l dTh

** CID FONT **

** FONT NAME ** Times-BoldItalic ** 33 ** 32 ** 72 ** 71 ** 74 ** 73 ** 84 ** 83 ** 98 ** 97 ** 101 ** 100 ** 102 ** 101 ** 106 ** 105 ** 109 ** 108 ** 111 ** 110 ** 112 ** 111 ** 113 ** 112 ** 116 ** 115 ** 117 ** 116 ** 118 ** 117

** CID FONT **

** FONT NAME ** Times-Roman ** 33 ** 32 ** 36 ** 35 ** 41 ** 40 ** 42 ** 41 ** 45 ** 44 ** 46 ** 45 ** 47 ** 46 ** 49 ** 48 ** 50 ** 49 ** 51 ** 50 ** 52 ** 51 ** 53 ** 52 ** 54 ** 53 ** 55 ** 54 ** 56 ** 55 ** 57 ** 56 ** 59 ** 58 ** 60 ** 59 ** 66 ** 65 ** 67 ** 66 ** 68 ** 67 ** 69 ** 68 ** 70 ** 69 ** 71 ** 70 ** 73 ** 72 ** 74 ** 73 ** 76 ** 75 ** 77 ** 76 ** 78 ** 77 ** 79 ** 78 ** 80 ** 79 ** 81 ** 80 ** 83 ** 82 ** 84 ** 83 ** 85 ** 84 ** 86 ** 85 ** 88 ** 87 ** 98 ** 97 ** 99 ** 98 ** 100 ** 99 ** 101 ** 100 ** 102 ** 101 ** 103 ** 102 ** 104 ** 103 ** 105 ** 104 ** 106 ** 105 ** 107 ** 106 ** 108 ** 107 ** 109 ** 108 ** 110 ** 109 ** 111 ** 110 ** 112 ** 111 ** 113 ** 112 ** 114 ** 113 ** 115 ** 114 ** 116 ** 115 ** 117 ** 116 ** 118 ** 117 ** 119 ** 118 ** 120 ** 119 ** 121 ** 120 ** 122 ** 121 ** 123 ** 122 ** 212 ** 699 ** 213 ** 39 ** 211 ** 8221

** CID FONT **

** FONT NAME ** Times-Bold ** 33 ** 32 ** 50 ** 49 ** 51 ** 50 ** 52 ** 51 ** 59 ** 58 ** 68 ** 67 ** 69 ** 68 ** 71 ** 70 ** 73 ** 72 ** 74 ** 73 ** 78 ** 77 ** 80 ** 79 ** 81 ** 80 ** 84 ** 83 ** 88 ** 87 ** 98 ** 97 ** 100 ** 99 ** 101 ** 100 ** 102 ** 101 ** 103 ** 102 ** 104 ** 103 ** 105 ** 104 ** 106 ** 105 ** 109 ** 108 ** 110 ** 109 ** 111 ** 110 ** 112 ** 111 ** 113 ** 112 ** 115 ** 114 ** 116 ** 115 ** 117 ** 116 ** 118 ** 117

** CID FONT **

** FONT NAME ** Times-Italic ** 33 ** 32 ** 45 ** 44 ** 46 ** 45 ** 47 ** 46 ** 68 ** 67 ** 69 ** 68 ** 70 ** 69 ** 73 ** 72 ** 79 ** 78 ** 80 ** 79 ** 84 ** 83 ** 85 ** 84 ** 88 ** 87 ** 98 ** 97 ** 99 ** 98 ** 100 ** 99 ** 101 ** 100 ** 102 ** 101 ** 103 ** 102 ** 104 ** 103 ** 105 ** 104 ** 106 ** 105 ** 108 ** 107 ** 109 ** 108 ** 110 ** 109 ** 111 ** 110 ** 112 ** 111 ** 113 ** 112 ** 115 ** 114 ** 116 ** 115 ** 117 ** 116 ** 118 ** 117 ** 119 ** 118 ** 120 ** 119 ** 122 ** 121

��


��3��1��!��"��#�$� �� %!�&�'��(�'��)*"��+�!��,�� &&� �,�� "�"!-"��

�../��!",��"!"��!�"�!0��#�$��!""��1��&��,�+��&��


SPLINESWALL & CEILING MOUNTING

COMPLETING THE INSTALL• Once the first panel is in place, snugly engage a spline

provided into the kerfed edge, attach to the wall surface as described above. Note that the spline length is 8’. Plan full-length splines for panels 8’ and shorter, and 8’ splines for panels longer than 8’. For these longer panels, center splines.

• Engage the next panel on the splined assembly. Be sure to keep each panel in alignment and plumb.

• Normally the last panel in a run is held by adhesive on the trailing edge.

FIELD CUTTING

1. Pull back fabric just beyond field cut. Keep as close to field cut point as possible without damaging fabric with field cut.

2. Cut and remove excess substrate. A small metal cutting blade works well to cut hardened fiberglass edges. Trim the fabric so it will wrap approximately 2” onto the back of the panel.

3. Cut strips of laminate (Formica), hardboard or similar material to match substrate thickness. Apply to the cut edge with spray adhesive such as 3M Spray 77. This is required for a crisp, uniform fabric edge.

4. Apply spray adhesive to fabric back, panel edge and 2” of panel back. Wrap fabric to back and tailor corners to match unaffected corners using a sharp scissors.

CEILING INSTALLATIONSSpline installation on ceilings is possible in limited situations. Usually a maximum distance between splines of 30” is required for 1” or greater fiberglass thickness, or no more than 24” for mineral board. Additional adhesive between splines is required.

��

X��]��

X��]Y�

X��]Q�

** CID FONT **

** FONT NAME ** Times-Bold ** 33 ** 32 ** 50 ** 49 ** 51 ** 50 ** 52 ** 51 ** 59 ** 58 ** 68 ** 67 ** 69 ** 68 ** 71 ** 70 ** 73 ** 72 ** 74 ** 73 ** 78 ** 77 ** 80 ** 79 ** 81 ** 80 ** 84 ** 83 ** 88 ** 87 ** 98 ** 97 ** 100 ** 99 ** 101 ** 100 ** 102 ** 101 ** 103 ** 102 ** 104 ** 103 ** 105 ** 104 ** 106 ** 105 ** 109 ** 108 ** 110 ** 109 ** 111 ** 110 ** 112 ** 111 ** 113 ** 112 ** 115 ** 114 ** 116 ** 115 ** 117 ** 116 ** 118 ** 117

** CID FONT **

** FONT NAME ** Times-Roman ** 33 ** 32 ** 36 ** 35 ** 41 ** 40 ** 42 ** 41 ** 45 ** 44 ** 46 ** 45 ** 47 ** 46 ** 49 ** 48 ** 50 ** 49 ** 51 ** 50 ** 52 ** 51 ** 53 ** 52 ** 54 ** 53 ** 55 ** 54 ** 56 ** 55 ** 57 ** 56 ** 59 ** 58 ** 60 ** 59 ** 66 ** 65 ** 67 ** 66 ** 68 ** 67 ** 69 ** 68 ** 70 ** 69 ** 71 ** 70 ** 73 ** 72 ** 74 ** 73 ** 76 ** 75 ** 77 ** 76 ** 78 ** 77 ** 79 ** 78 ** 80 ** 79 ** 81 ** 80 ** 83 ** 82 ** 84 ** 83 ** 85 ** 84 ** 86 ** 85 ** 88 ** 87 ** 98 ** 97 ** 99 ** 98 ** 100 ** 99 ** 101 ** 100 ** 102 ** 101 ** 103 ** 102 ** 104 ** 103 ** 105 ** 104 ** 106 ** 105 ** 107 ** 106 ** 108 ** 107 ** 109 ** 108 ** 110 ** 109 ** 111 ** 110 ** 112 ** 111 ** 113 ** 112 ** 114 ** 113 ** 115 ** 114 ** 116 ** 115 ** 117 ** 116 ** 118 ** 117 ** 119 ** 118 ** 120 ** 119 ** 121 ** 120 ** 122 ** 121 ** 123 ** 122 ** 212 ** 699 ** 213 ** 39 ** 211 ** 8221 ** 33 ** 32 ** 36 ** 35 ** 41 ** 40 ** 42 ** 41 ** 45 ** 44 ** 47 ** 46 ** 49 ** 48 ** 50 ** 49 ** 51 ** 50 ** 52 ** 51 ** 53 ** 52 ** 56 ** 55 ** 66 ** 65 ** 68 ** 67 ** 71 ** 70 ** 76 ** 75 ** 78 ** 77 ** 81 ** 80 ** 84 ** 83 ** 85 ** 84 ** 86 ** 85 ** 88 ** 87 ** 98 ** 97 ** 99 ** 98 ** 100 ** 99 ** 101 ** 100 ** 102 ** 101 ** 103 ** 102 ** 104 ** 103 ** 105 ** 104 ** 106 ** 105 ** 107 ** 106 ** 108 ** 107 ** 109 ** 108 ** 110 ** 109 ** 111 ** 110 ** 112 ** 111 ** 113 ** 112 ** 114 ** 113 ** 115 ** 114 ** 116 ** 115 ** 117 ** 116 ** 118 ** 117 ** 119 ** 118 ** 120 ** 119 ** 121 ** 120 ** 122 ** 121 ** 211 ** 8221

** CID FONT **


** CID FONT **




ADHESIVE, NO RESIN






INSTALLATION

1. The wall surface must be dry and free from dirt, dust, grease, loose paint, or any foreign matter that would interfere with a good adhesive bond. If the wall surface is not reasonably flat then panel alignment will be compromised.




Width 12 12 12 12 12 30 48 48 48 48 48

Height 48 84 108 132 144 48 48 84 108 132 144

# Clips 3 4 5 6 6 5 5 8 10 12 12

5. Installers of Conwed Designscape|Wall Technology products have successfully used the following construction mastics: PL 200, PL 400 (faster acting), Chemrex 200 and others. (This is not a product endorsement.)

6. Apply a ‘picture frame’ of adhesive about 1” from the edge (contacting the vinyl or fabric), and an ‘S’ or ‘W’ in the panel center. Position the panel against the wall, tilt back to release the solvents and then reposition.

7. Use perimeter adhesive as a wet shim to help align the panel faces.


��


(�'��)*"��+�!��,�� &&� �,�� "�"!-"��

** CID FONT **


** CID FONT **


** CID FONT **




Z-BAR WITH HOOK & LOOP

The following are guidelines given in good faith to help avoid common errors. They are not intended to be a step-by-step list of instructions or a checklist, and it is assumed the installer has general construction knowledge. Conwed|Wall Technology bears no responsibility for any installation actions taken or not taken, and is not responsible for installer selection.



�� Store panels on a flat, dry, solid surface. Do not store on edge. Take necessary measures to keep panels dry, clean and free from dust. Pay special attention to edges.

PLANNING THE INSTALL

1. Review the materials list supplied by Conwed|Wall Technology (Plant Order) and any drawings. Carefully determine the starting position of the first panel. Note markings on panel back include item number from packing list, then panel tag number.

2. In many cases, standing the panels against walls in numbered sequence is helpful.

3. Note that a minimum ¾” clearance at the panel top is required for Clip engagement.

INSTALLING Z-CLIPS WITH HOOK & LOOP

�� Z-Clips are on the top row only, with Hook & Loop on the balance of the panel.

�� Note; mounting gap from wall to panel Z-Clip is 3/16”, versus 1/8” for Hook & Loop. Panels will be slightly slanted.

�� Measure the Z-Clip locations on the back of the panels and transfer to the wall. Chalking the clips and pressing the panels to the wall can help with location.

�� Prior to engaging Hook & Loop temporarily hang a panel or series of panels and check for correct positioning.

�� With panels removed, remove the taped backing on the hook and loop.

�� Engage the Z-Clips and lightly press the Hook & Loop against the wall, making sure positioning is exact, because the Hook & Loop fastener is designed for one application only. Damage to the wall or the panel may result from removal.

��

1-800-932-2383www.conwedwalltech.com

(�'��)*"��+�!��,�� &&� �,�� "�"!-"��

** CID FONT **


** CID FONT **


** CID FONT **


http://www.conwedwalltech.com


Z-BAR TO Z-BAR







1. Review the materials list supplied by Conwed Designscape|Wall Technology (Plant Order) and any drawings. Carefully determine the starting position of the first panel. Note markings on panel back include item number from packing list, then panel tag number.



INSTALLING Z-BARS

�� Measure the Z-Bar locations on the back of the panels and transfer to the wall. Chalking the Z-Bars and pressing panels to the wall or ceiling can help with location.

�� Use a laser or snap a line using Z-Bar locations to provide a Z-Bar locating guide.

�� Install Z-Bars using appropriate mechanical fasteners for the mounting surface. Cut Z-Bars to desired lengths, and use drops as needed.

�� Fir out hardware to compensate for uneven walls/ceilings, assuring proper face alignment.

�� Install panel by holding against wall and lowering into place to engage clips. Ensure that all Z-Bars are engaged.

�� Add a ‘dab’ of adhesive to mating Z-Bar surfaces to prevent unwanted movement.

�� For ceiling applications ensure panels are positively locked to prevent disengagement. Some common examples used in the field are as follows: Install single pieces or continuous runs of standard ceiling grid wall angle along the edge of the panels, or purchase fabric-covered angle; install wood trim along the panel edges; install a locking screw (by others) into the ceiling at the outside panel edge. Use a drywall screw into a ceiling joist or a screw-wall anchor combination.

��


(�'��)*"��+�!��,�� &&� �,�� "�"!-"��

** CID FONT **


** CID FONT **


** CID FONT **




Z-CLIP TO Z-BAR










INSTALLING Z-BARS

�� Measure the Z-Clip locations on the back of the panels and transfer to the wall. Chalking the clips and pressing panels to the wall can help with location.

�� Use a laser or snap a line using Z-Clip locations to provide a wall bar locating guide.

�� Install Z-Bars using appropriate mechanical fasteners for the mounting surface. Cut Z-Bars to desired lengths, and use drops as needed.

�� Fir out hardware to compensate for uneven walls, assuring proper face alignment.

�� Install panel by holding against wall and lowering into place to engage clips. Ensure that all Z-Clips are engaged.

�� Add a ‘dab’ of adhesive to mating Z-Clip surfaces to prevent unwanted movement.

��


(�'��)*"��+�!��,�� &&� �,�� "�"!-"��

** CID FONT **


** CID FONT **


** CID FONT **




Z-CLIP TO DOUBLE WALL BRACKETS










INSTALLING DOUBLE WALL BRACKETS

�� Measure the Z-Clip locations on the back of the panels and transfer to the wall. Chalking the clips and pressing panels to the wall can help with location.

�� For free-floating panels (non-abutting), Double Wall Brackets (be sure to break in half) are provided to keep panels from moving left or right. Where panels abut, Double Wall Brackets can also span panels as illustrated.

�� Use a laser or snap a line using Z-Clip locations to provide a locating guide.

�� Install Double Wall Brackets using appropriate mechanical fasteners for the mounting surface.

�� Fir out hardware to compensate for uneven walls, assuring proper face alignment.

�� Install panel by holding against wall and lowering into place to engage clips. Ensure that all Z-Clips are engaged.

�� Add a ‘dab’ of adhesive to mating Z-Clip surfaces to prevent unwanted movement.

��


(�'��)*"��+�!��,�� &&� �,�� "�"!-"��

** CID FONT **


** CID FONT **


** CID FONT **



INTRODUCTIONThank you for your recent purchase of Conwed Designscape|Wall Technology Wall or Ceiling panels. We believe we manufacture the highest quality wall and ceiling panels, and that is why we stand behind them with this warranty. Terms contained herein are subject to change without notice.

WHO IS COVEREDThe original consumer purchaser (i.e. the building owner, not the installer or contractor) or the first transferee from the original purchaser is entitled to the benefits of this warranty.

TRANSFERABILITY OF THIS WARRANTYYou can transfer this warranty one time, anytime during the life of the warranty. For this warranty to be transferred the Owner must complete and return the Warranty Transfer within sixty (60) days after the date of the real estate transfer to obtain the benefits of this warranty. AFTER YOU HAVE TRANSFERRED THIS WARRANTY TO THE PURCHASER OF YOUR PROPERTY, IT MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED AGAIN. THAT IS, THE PURCHASER OF YOUR PROPERTY MAY NOT TRANSFER THIS WARRANTY TO ANY SUBSEQUENT PURCHASERS.

HOW LONG YOU ARE COVEREDConwed Designscape|Wall Technology Wall and Ceiling Panels are covered by a THREE (3) year limited warranty. Diffusers will also be covered by a THREE (3) year limited warranty.

WHAT IS COVEREDWe warrant that your Conwed Designscape|Wall Technology Wall or Ceiling panels are free from any manufacturing defects in material or workmanship.

WHAT IS NOT COVEREDThis warranty does not cover any problems with non-defective panels caused by conditions or handling beyond our control. Some examples of conditions not covered by this warranty include:

1. Acts of God, fire, flood, exposure to chemicals, physical abuse or misuse, improper installation.

2. Failure to store panels in a clean, dry area, enclosed and protected from the elements such as rain, snow and direct sunlight.

3. Panels being installed or stored in areas having extremetemperature or humidity (above 80% humidity or 100 degrees F).

4. Failure to install the Wall or Ceiling panels in accordance with Conwed Designscape|Wall Technology’s instructions or recommendations, including but not limited to using mountings not supplied or otherwise recommended by Conwed Designscape|Wall Technology. Conwed Designscape|Wall Technology bears no responsibility for any installation actions taken or not taken, and is not responsible for installer selection.

5. Normal wear and tear or from exposure to smoke, fumes, leaks or abuse.

6. Alterations made after completion of the installation, including but not limited to, painting or application of cleaning solutions, coatings or other modifications.

7. Any Labor Charges.

8. Any costs that you incur that are not authorized in advance by Conwed Designscape|Wall Technology.

REMEDYShould the Wall or Ceiling Panels be other than as warranted during the applicable warranty period, Conwed Designscape|Wall Technology, at its sole option, will repair or replace the defective components of the Wall or Ceiling Panel as well as any other component which must also be repaired or replaced in order to properly repair or replace the defective components. Conwed Designscape|Wall Technology’s obligation to pay, however, shall be subject to these limits:

1. Maximum repair or replacement cost to Conwed Designscape|Wall Technology shall be the replacement cost of the defective component and will not include any labor charges.

2. The settlement, described above, or at the option of Conwed Designscape|Wall Technology its monetary equivalent, will be the only remedy available to the Owner for defective components of the Panels.

NOTIFICATION OF CLAIMSClaims pursuant to this Warranty must be submitted in writing together with proof of purchase, installation date and defect, to Conwed Designscape|Wall Technology 800 Gustafson Road, Ladysmith, WI, 54848, within 30 days after discovery of the alleged defect. Within 30 days after receipt of the written claim, a Conwed Designscape|Wall Technology representative will contact the Owner to investigate the claim. Call 1-800-932-2383 for more information regarding the Conwed Designscape|Wall Technology Wall Ceiling Panel warranty administration.

LIMITATIONSANY IMPLIED WARRANTY, INCLUDING WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR USE OR PURPOSE, AND WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, IS LIMITED IN DURATION TO THE EXPRESS WARRANTY PROVIDED HEREIN UNLESS A SHORTER PERIOD IS PERMITTED BY LAW. CONWED/WALL TECHNOLOGY SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR FOR DAMAGE TO THE BUILDING, ITS CONTENTS OR ITS OCCUPANTS. THIS WARRANTY CONTAINS ALL OF THE PROVISIONS OF YOUR REMEDIES FROM CONWED/WALL TECHNOLOGY. LIABILITY IS LIMITED TO THE PROVISION OF THIS WARRANTY, WHETHER ANY CLAIM AGAINST IT IS BASED UPON STRICT LIABILITY, NEGLIGENCE, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR ANY OTHER THEORY OR CAUSE OF ACTION.

Some states do not allow limitations of how long an implied warranty lasts or the exclusion of incidental or consequential damages, so the above limitations or exclusions may not apply to you. This warranty gives you specific legal rights and you may also have other rights which vary from state to state.

��


�� !��"��#�$� �� %!�&�'��(�'��)*"��+�!��,�� &&� �,�� "�"!-"��

�../��!",��"!"��!�"�!0��#�$��!""��1��&��,�+��&��

WARRANTY

WALL AND CEILING WARRANTY

** CID FONT **


** CID FONT **



General Cleaning and Maintenance

Cleaning and Maintenance includes: Fabric panels Painted finishes Copoly finishes Gel Coat finishes

The following are guidelines given in good faith to help avoid common errors. They are not in-tended to be a step-by-step list of instructions or a checklist, and it is assumed the user has general cleaning knowledge. Conwed Designscape|Wall Technology bears no responsibility for any cleaning or maintenance actions taken or not taken, and is not responsible for cleaning per-sonnel selection. For fabric and painted finishes including Gel Coat, general maintenance for dust removal is light brushing or vacuuming. Fingerprints and light soiling can often be removed using a commercial-ly-available dry chemical sponge. Also, an art gum eraser has been successfully used to re-move fingerprints, dust and grime. For more vigorous treatments on fabric-covered panels, the fabric manufacturer should be consulted. Most polyester fabrics clean well by sponging with the foam from a mild detergent or upholstery shampoo, followed by rinsing with a clean sponge. Other cleaning agents, including solvent-based cleaners can be used to remove spotting, how-ever first pre-test in an unseen area. For Copoly finishes such as the Metro Rebound panel, remove staining materials quickly to min-imize possible permanent stain. For ordinary dirt and smudges use mild soap and warm water; clean from the bottom up and rinse often. Do not saturate the panel. Use a soft lint-free cloth to dry. Do not use steel wool or abrasive cleaners. If a stronger cleaner is required, try Formula 409, Lestoil or Fantastik. As suggested above, first pre-test in an unseen area. For Gel Coat Touch-up, clean area with rubbing alcohol. Match the color with a latex paint and apply sparingly using a small art brush. Always pre-test in an unseen area.

Maintenance and Cleaning Guide

** CID FONT **


Product Data Sheet

SELECTSOUND® BLACK ACOUSTIC BOARD

SUPERIOR ACOUSTICAL PERFORMANCESelectSound Black acoustic board provides excellent acoustical performance for multiplex theaters, sound studios and performing arts centers. Depending on specifi ed thickness, SelectSound Black acoustic board absorbs up to 100% of the sound striking its surface.

SelectSound Black acoustic board helps provide the highest quality audio reproduction by reducing sound reverberation within spaces. Sound transfer from space to space is also noticeably reduced.

DURABLE MATERIAL COMPOSITIONSelectSound Black acoustic board is dimensionally stable and will not shrink or warp. The board’s resilient composition resists job-site damage. When necessary, the durable black mat facing may be cleaned by vacuuming. SelectSound Black acoustic board, composed of inorganic glass fi bers, will not rot or mildew and is noncorrosive to steel, copper and aluminum.

FAST, HIGH QUALITY INSTALLATIONLightweight and resilient, SelectSound Black acoustic board is easy to handle, fabricate and install. Both stick pins and adhesives can be used to secure boards to drywall, concrete block or precast concrete.

SIZE AVAILABILITYSelectSound Black acoustic board is available in 48” x 96” size. It can also be pre-cut in custom sizes to improve productivity and speed installation.

BLACK CORE WITH DARK BLACK FINISH SURFACESelectSound Black acoustic board has a gray/black fi ber glass core with a black mat fi nish that provides low light refl ectivity. The black surface is ideal for eliminating screen light refl ections and preventing insulation from showing through most surface treatments.

DESIGN CONSIDERATIONSAcoustical performance of interior surfaces can generally be improved by increasing acoustical material thickness. SelectSound Black acoustic board can be specifi ed for use in conjunction with other Owens Corning acoustical materials to provide additional performance.

Owens Corning also manufactures SelectSound Black acoustic blanket. This roll product is ideal for use behind fabric on theater walls, in sound studios and performing arts centers.

APPLICABLE STANDARDSThe noise reduction coeffi cients of SelectSound Black acoustic board were derived from tests conducted in accordance with ASTM C 423 on a Type A mounting.

INSTALLATION PROCEDURESelectSound Black acoustic board can be installed on drywall, concrete block or precast concrete using impaling pins or appropriate adhesives.

When installing insulation with adhesive, follow adhesive manufacturer’s recommendations for surface preparation and pattern.

When using impaling pins, follow the pin manufacturer’s recommendations for surface preparation, location and amount of pins. Pin length should be selected to ensure tight fi t. Where subject to physical contact, protect pin tips.

Keep product dry during shipping, storage and installation.

Typical Physical Properties

Property Test Method Value

Compressive Strength (minimum)at 10% deformationat 25% deformation

ASTM C 16525 lb./ft.2 (1,197 Pa)90 lb./ft. 2 (4,309 Pa)

Water Vapor Sorption (by weight)

ASTM C 1104 <3% by weight at 120°F (49°C), 95% R.H.

Fungi Resistance ASTM C 1338 Meets Requirement

Nominal Density ASTM C 303 3.0 pcf (48 kg/m3)

Corrosiveness ASTM C 665 Corrosiveness Test

Will not cause corrosion greater than that caused by sterile cotton on aluminum or steel1

Surface Burning CharacteristicsFlame SpreadSmoke Developed

ASTM E 84CAN/ULC-S1022 252

50

1When wet, coated surfaces in contact with galvanized steel may cause discolor-ation of the sheet metal.2The surface burning characteristics of these products have been determined in accordance with UL 723 and CAN/ULC-S102-M. These standards should be used to measure and describe the properties of materials, products or assemblies in response to heat and fl ame under controlled laboratory conditions and should not be used to describe or appraise the fi re hazard or fi re risk of materials, products or assemblies under actual fi re conditions. However, results of this test may be used as elements of a fi re risk assessment which takes into account all of the factors which are pertinent to an assessment of the fi re hazard of a particular end use. Values are reported to the nearest 5 rating.

Product Data Sheet

CDC CORPORATION800 Gustafson RoadLadysmith, Wisconsin 54848


1-800-359-3312www.walltechnology.com

Pub. No. 10018367. Printed in U.S.A. February 2013. © 2013 Owens Corning. All Rights Reserved.

LEED is a registered trademark of U.S. Green Building Council.

SELECTSOUND® BLACK ACOUSTIC BOARD

Conceptual Details

For CSI type sample specifi cation, please contact your local Owens Corning representative.

Suggested Fastener Locations

48”

96”

Fasteners should be a minimum of 3” from edge.

Acoustical PerformanceMounting A

Product Type and Thickness

Density Octave Band Frequencies, Hz. Thermal Resistance1 R-Value

(hr•ft2•°F)/Btupcf kg/m3 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 NRC

1” Mat Faced 3.0 48 0.06 0.25 0.62 0.91 0.99 0.98 0.70 4.3

2” Mat Faced 3.0 48 0.18 0.71 1.12 1.12 1.03 1.02 1.00 8.6

1Derived from test conducted in accordance with ASTM C 423. Type A mounting (material placed against a solid backing such as a block wall.)


http://www.walltechnology.com

Product Data Sheet

SELECTSOUND® BLACK ACOUSTIC BLANKET

OUTSTANDING ACOUSTICAL PERFORMANCESelectSound Black acoustic blanket provides excellent acoustical performance for walls in multiplex theaters, sound studios and performing arts centers. SelectSound Black acoustic blanket is also ideal for use above suspended metal ceiling systems. Depending on specifi ed thickness, SelectSound Black acoustic blanket absorbs up to 80% of the sound striking its surface.

SelectSound Black acoustic blanket helps provide the highest quality audio reproduction by reducing sound reverberation within spaces. Sound transfer from space to space is also noticeably reduced.

DURABLE MATERIAL COMPOSITIONSelectSound Black acoustic blanket is dimensionally stable and will not shrink or warp. The blanket’s resilient composition resists job-site damage. Composed of a mix of glass fi bers, SelectSound Black acoustic blanket will not rot or mildew and is noncorrosive to steel, copper and aluminum. As manufactured, fi ber glass insulation is resistant to mold growth, however, mold growth can occur on building materials, including insulation, when it becomes contaminated with organic material and when water is present. To avoid mold growth on fi ber glass insulation, remove any water that has accumulated and correct or repair the source of the water as soon as possible. Insulation that has become wet should be inspected for evidence of residual moisture and contamination, and any insulation that is contaminated should be promptly removed and replaced.

FAST, HIGH QUALITY INSTALLATIONThis wider product improves job site productivity and requires less seams. Lightweight and resilient, SelectSound Black acoustic blanket is easy to handle, fabricate and install. Both stick pins and adhesives can be used to secure insulation to drywall, concrete block or precast concrete.

SIZE AVAILABILITYSelectSound Black acoustic blanket is available in standard thicknesses of 1” and 2”. A 1½ ” thickness is available through special order.

The 1” and 1½ ” product is available in 72” W x 70’ L rolls, while the 2” product is available in a 72” W x 50’ L roll.

ALL BLACK FIBER WITH BLACK MAT FINISHSelectSound Black acoustic blanket is an all black fi ber product with a black mat surface. It is excellent for eliminating light refl ections while providing outstanding acoustical performance.

DESIGN CONSIDERATIONSAcoustical performance of interior surfaces can generally be improved by increasing product thickness. SelectSound Black acoustic blanket can be specifi ed for use in conjunction with other Owens Corning acoustical material to provide additional performance.

APPLICABLE STANDARDSSelectSound Black acoustic blanket complies with the property requirements of ASTM C 553, Type III, 250°F maximum use temperature.

The noise reduction coeffi cients of SelectSound Black acoustic blanket were derived from tests conducted in accordance with ASTM C 423 on a Type A mounting. Meets New York City MEA No.306-03-M.

Typical Physical Properties

Property Test Method Value

Water Vapor Sorption (by weight)

ASTM C 1104 <3% by weight at 120°F (49°C), 95% R.H.

Fungi Resistance ASTM C 1338 Meets Requirement

Corrosiveness ASTM C 665 Corrosiveness Test

Will not cause corrosion greater than that caused by sterile cotton on aluminum or steel1

Surface Burning CharacteristicsFlame SpreadSmoke Developed

UL7232, or CAN/ULC-S102-M2 252

50

Maximum Air Velocity UL 181 Erosion Test 6,000 fpm (30.5 m/sec.)

1When wet, coated surfaces in contact with galvanized steel may cause discolor-ation of the sheet metal.2The surface burning characteristics of these products have been determined in accordance with UL 723 and CAN/ULC-S102-M. These standards should be used to measure and describe the properties of materials, products or assemblies in response to heat and fl ame under controlled laboratory conditions and should not be used to describe or appraise the fi re hazard or fi re risk of materials, products or assemblies under actual fi re conditions. However, results of this test may be used as elements of a fi re risk assessment which takes into account all of the factors which are pertinent to an assessment of the fi re hazard of a particular end use. Values are reported to the nearest 5 rating.

Product Data Sheet

CDC CORPORATION800 Gustafson RoadLadysmith, Wisconsin 54848


1-800-359-3312www.walltechnology.com

Pub. No. 10018366. Printed in U.S.A. February 2013. © 2013 Owens Corning. All Rights Reserved.

LEED is a registered trademark of U.S. Green Building Council.

SELECTSOUND® BLACK ACOUSTIC BLANKET

INSTALLATION PROCEDURESelectSound Black acoustic blanket can be installed on drywall, concrete block or precast concrete using impaling pins or appropriate adhesives.

When installing insulation with adhesive, follow adhesive manufacturer’s recommendations for surface preparation and pattern.

When using impaling pins, follow the pin manufacturer’s recommendations for surface preparation, location and amount of pins. Pin length should be selected to ensure tight fi t. Where subject to physical contact, protect pin tips.

Keep product dry during shipping, storage and installation.

Owens Corning reserves the right to change this product as needed.

Caution: May cause temporary irritation to skin, eyes and respiratory tract. Avoid contact with eyes and skin. Wear long-sleeved, loose-fi tting clothing, gloves and eye protection when handling and applying material. Wash with soap and warm water after handling. Wash work cloths separately and wipe out washer.

Acoustical PerformanceTested Values - SelectSound Black Acoustic BlanketSound Absorption Coeffi cients (ASTM C 423, Type “A” Mounting)

Product

Density Thickness Octave Band Frequencies, Hz. Thermal Resistance1 R-Value (hr•ft2•°F)/Btupcf kg/m3 in mm 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 NRC*

SelectSound Black 150B 1.5 24 1.0 25 0.08 .025 0.49 0.72 0.86 0.91 0.60 3.8

Acoustic Blanket 1.5 24 1.5 38 0.16 0.36 0.61 0.83 0.90 0.92 0.70 5.8

1.5 24 2.0 51 0.20 0.53 0.79 0.94 0.95 0.97 0.80 7.7

2.0 32 2.0 51 0.20 0.55 0.87 1.00 0.95 0.95 0.85 8.0

1ASTM C518These data were collected using a limited sample size and are not absolute values. Reasonable tolerances must therefore be applied. All tests were conducted in accordance with ASTM C 423, Type A mounting (material placed against a solid backing such as a block wall). Owens Corning Granville Science & Technology Acoustics Lab is National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program (NVLAP) approved.

Conceptual Details

For CSI type sample specifi cation, please contact your local Owens Corning representative.


http://www.walltechnology.com

Product Data Sheet

EUROSPAN®

ACOUSTICAL CEILING SYSTEM

APPLICATIONEurospan Acoustical Ceiling System provides outstanding acoustical benefits from virtually any ceiling application without the traditional look of fabric covered panels. The system is designed to dampen interior noise and add acoustical benefits to any commercial, educational or institutional application where a seamless aesthetic is desired.

CONSTRUCTIONEurospan Acoustical Ceiling System is comprised of three basic components: a glass fiber acoustical core, perimeter tension track andouter textile covering. This seamless product uses a high-performance integrated glass fibercore with a white matt covering. Tension tracks arranged around the perimeter hold an acoustically transparent textile which can be stretched over areas 16’ wide. Architects can design effective acoustic benefits into any space without compromising their creativity. Excellent sound absorption is achieved by reducing the amount of hard surfaces while still keeping the monolithic appearance of drywall or plaster surfaces. Speakers can be hidden from view without inhibiting sound clarity. It can be used on flat, domed or coffered ceilings or to create custom floating clouds.

SIZE AVAILABLITYPanels are available in 1 1/2” or 2 1/2” thicknesses. Other thicknesses are available.

SEAM & EDGE DETAILEurospan has a monolithic surface which merges unobtrusively with the room’s interior design. Spaces of 16’ x 40’ or more can be covered seamlessly. Larger areas can be seamed almost invisibly or installed with reveals to highlight the edges.

FINISHThe product is available in several textile choices including standard white or custom special order colors including beige, light blue, and black. The white textile can be field painted using special colorants.

NOISE REDUCTION COEFFICIENT (ASTM C 423)Thickness A Mounting Rating

1 1/2” 1.00

Thickness E400 Mounting Rating

1 1/2” .80

2 1/2” .95

PHYSICAL PROPERTY DATASurface Burning, Core (ASTM E 84)Components meet 25/50 Class A ratingLight ReflectanceWhite Textile .75 - .80

RECYCLED CONTENT Eurospan Acoustical Ceiling System panels utilize an Owens Corning fiberglass board core that is eligible to bear the Green Cross label for recycled content. The board is certified on average to contain at least 30% recycled glass, with 4% post-consumer and 26% pre-consumer content. For LEED® projects, our acoustical panels can help you qualify for recycled content points under the Materials and Resources section. Other LEED® categories may also apply depending upon the project requirements.

WARRANTY10 Year Limited Warranty against manufacturing defects. See product warranty for limitations.


Product Data Sheet

EUROSPAN®

ACOUSTICAL CEILING SYSTEM

��


��'�2�1��!��"��#�$� �� %!�&�'��(�'��)*"��+�!��,�� &&� �,�� "�"!-"��

�../��!",��"!"��!�"�!0��#�$��!""��1��&��,�+��&��

PART 1 GENERAL


1.2 The extent of the system is shown on the drawings and in the schedules.

1.3 Submit ________ samples of each type of system as shown on the drawings and in schedules and include appropriate technical information including test data and maintenance instructions. Submit ________ fabric selector cards from manufacturer’s standard or custom finishes.

1.4 Components shall be installed according to manufacturer’s recommendations and instructions.

1.5 Installation of components shall not begin until all wet work (plastering, concrete, etc.) is completed and dry. The panels are designed for installation under standard occupancy conditions from 60°F to 85°F and not more than 80% relative humidity (RH) in an enclosed building.

1.6 The contractor shall be responsible for the examination and acceptance of all surfaces and conditions prior to the system installation, and will furnish all necessary hardware and accessories for the complete job installation.


PART 2 MATERIALS

2.1 Eurospan Acoustical Ceiling System shall have a 10-year manufacturer’s warranty.

2.2 Acoustical core shall be constructed of a composite core construction of 1” thick, medium density glass fiber core with 12 mil thick face sheet of white/translucent glass mat thermally bonded to the base core finish surface. Other glass fiber cores of 1/2”, 3/4”, 1”, 1 1/2”, 2”, 3”, and 4” thickness; with various densities are available to meet specific acoustical requirements.

2.3 Product finish shall be standard white (or specify custom color)______________.

2.4 Mounting shall be square perimeter track and square fine line or reveal mid joint track.

2.5 Acoustical Performance – in accordance with ASTM C 423 (Type E 400 Mounting) components shall have a minimum NRC of: 1.00 (1 1/2” thick).In accordance with ASTM C 423 (Type A Mounting) components shall have a minimum NRC of: .80 (1 1/2” thick) and .95 (2 1/2” thick).

2.6 Flammability – All system components shall meet a 25/50 Class A rating in accordance with ASTM E 84.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 Manufacturer’s Instructions – Comply with the instructions and recommendations of the Eurospan Acoustical Ceiling System manufacturer.

3.2 Examination – Verify that site conditions are acceptable for installation of the Eurospan Acoustical Ceiling System. Do not proceed with installation of the Eurospan Acoustical Ceiling System until unacceptable conditions are corrected.

3.3 Installation – Review shop drawings and determine location of hardware. Identify components and verify quantities. Install Eurospan Acoustical Ceiling System in accordance with manufacturers guidelines.

3.4 Demonstration – Demonstrate proper use, function and maintenance of Eurospan Acoustical Ceiling System components to Owner’s personnel.

3.5 Protection – Protect installed work from damage due to

subsequent construction activity on the site.

Thank you for choosing Eurospan® for your acoustical needs.




** CID FONT **


** CID FONT **



EuroSpan® Fabric

1. Preventive Measures: Wear clean protective gloves or have clean hands when working around or with Eurospan® fabric. Trained and qualified personnel should perform installation or removal of fabric for access.

2. General Maintenance: Periodic brushing or light vacuuming of the Eurospan® fabric is recommended for removal of loose dust and airborne particles. Blowing off with clean compressed air also works well and reduces the chance of pushing particles into the fabric.

3. Stain Removal: The fiber used in the Eurospan® fabric allows the use of both water-based and solvent-based cleaning agents. A product such as Clorox “OxiMagic” has been reported to work very well. A special “Dry Cleaning Sponge” works well on most light stains. These sponges are shipped with each Eurospan® order. For large and unusual stains, or for overall cleaning, contact a reputable professional cleaning service.


Product Data Sheet

EUROSPAN®

EOS CEILING SYSTEM

APPLICATIONEOS Acoustical Ceiling System provides outstanding acoustical benefits from virtually any ceiling application without the traditional look of fabric covered panels. The system is designed to dampen interior noise and add acoustical benefits to any commercial, educational, or healthcare institutional application where a seamless and cleanable aesthetic is desired.

CONSTRUCTIONEurospan EOS Stretch Ceiling System is comprised of three basic components: a glass fiber acoustical core, perimeter tension track and outer washable textile covering. This seamless product uses a high-performance integrated glass fiber core with a white matt covering. Tension tracks arranged around the perimeter hold an acoustically transparent coated textile which can be stretched over areas16’ wide.

Architects can design effective acoustic benefits into any space without compromising their creativity. Excellent sound absorption is achieved by reducing the amount of hard surfaces while still keeping the monolithic appearance of drywall or plaster surfaces. The durable coated textile can cleaned easily and is suitable for healthcare applications. It can be used on flat, domed or coffered ceilings or to create custom floating clouds.

SIZE AVAILABILITYPanels are available in 1" to 2" thicknesses. Other thicknesses are available.

SEAM AND EDGE DETAILEurospan EOS has a monolithic surface which merges unobtrusively with the room’s interior design. Spaces of 16' x 40' or more can be covered seamlessly.

Larger areas can be seamed almost invisibly or installed with reveals to highlight the edges.

FINISHThe product is available in several textile choices including standard white or custom special order colors including beige, light blue, and black. The white textile can be field painted using special colorants.


1" .85

Thickness E400 Mounting Rating

1” .80

PHYSICAL PROPERTY DATASurface Burning, Core (ASTM E 84)Components meet 25/50 Class A ratingLight ReflectanceWhite Textile.80 - .85

RECYCLED CONTENTEurospan EOS Stretch Ceiling System panels utilize an Owens Corning fiberglass board core that is eligible to bear the Green Cross label for recycled content. The board is certified on average to contain at least 30% recycled glass, with 4% post-consumer and 26% pre-consumer content.

For LEED® projects, our acoustical panels can help you qualify for recycled content points under the Materials and Resources section. Other LEED® categories may also apply depending upon the project requirements.

WARRANTY10 Year Limited Warranty against manufacturing defects.


* The ASTM E 84 standard should be used to measure and describe the properties of materials, products or assemblies in response to heat and flame under controlled laboratory conditions and should not be used to describe or appraise the fire hazard or fire risk of materials, products or assemblies under actual fire conditions. However, results of this test may be used as elements of a fire risk assessment which takes into account all of the factors which are pertinent to an assessment of the fire hazard of a particular end use. Values are reported to the nearest 5 rating.

Product Data Sheet

��


��23�� !��"��#�$� �� %!�&�'��(�'��)*"��+�!��,�� &&� �,�� "�"!-"��

�../��!",��"!"��!�"�!0��#�$��!""��1��&��,�+��&��

EUROSPAN®

EOS CEILING SYSTEM

PART 1 GENERAL



1.3 Submit samples of each type of system as shown on the drawings and in schedules and include appropriate technical information including test data and maintenance instructions. Submit fabric selector cards from manufacturer’s standard or custom finishes.



1.6 The contractor shall be responsible for the examination and acceptance of all surfaces and conditions prior to the system installation, and will furnish all necessary hardware and accessories for the complete job installation.


PART 2 MATERIALS

2.1 Eurospan EOS fabric ceiling System shall include the EOS textile with a light polyurethane coating that can be cleaned with water or solvent based cleaners.

2.2 Acoustical core shall be constructed of a composite core construction of 1” thick, medium density glass fiber core with 12 mil thick face sheet of white/translucent glass mat thermally bonded to the base core finish surface. Other glass fiber cores of ½", ¾", 1", 1½", 2", 3", and 4” thickness; with various densities are available to meet specific acoustical requirements.

2.3 Product finish shall be standard white (or specify custom color/ additional cost).

2.4 Mounting shall be square perimeter track and square fine line or reveal mid joint track.

2.5 Acoustical Performance – in accordance with ASTM C 423 (Type E 400 Mounting) components shall have a minimum NRC of: .80 (1" thick). In accordance with ASTM C 423 (Type A Mounting) components shall have a minimum NRC of: .85 (1" thick) and .95 (2" thick).

2.6 Flammability – All system components shall meet a 25/50 Class A rating in accordance with ASTM E 84.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 Manufacturer’s Instructions – Comply with the instructions and recommendations of the Eurospan Acoustical Ceiling System manufacturer.

3.2 Examination – Verify that site conditions are acceptable for installation of the Eurospan Acoustical Ceiling System. Do not proceed with installation of the Eurospan Acoustical Ceiling System until unacceptable conditions are corrected.

3.3 Installation – Review shop drawings and determine location of hardware. Identify components and verify quantities. Install Eurospan Acoustical Ceiling System in accordance with manufacturer’s guidelines.

3.4 Demonstration – Demonstrate proper use, function and maintenance of Eurospan Acoustical Ceiling System components to Owner’s personnel.






** CID FONT **


** CID FONT **



EuroSpan® EOS Fabric

1. Preventive Measures: Have clean hands when working around or with Eurospan® EOS

fabric. Trained and qualified personnel should perform installation or removal of fabric for access.

2. General Maintenance: Periodic brushing, wiping or light sponging of the Eurospan® EOS fabric is recommended for removal of loose dust, or smudge marks.

3. Stain Removal: The polyurethane coated EOS textile allows the use of both water-based

and solvent-based cleaning agents. A product such as “409” all-purpose cleaner has been reported to work very well. Other mild detergent solutions have also worked well. Do not use abrasive sponges or cloths as it may dull the surface finish.

A special “Dry Cleaning Sponge” also works well on most light spots or smudges. These sponges are shipped with each Eurospan EOS order. For large and unusual stains, or for overall cleaning, contact a reputable professional cleaning service.


Product Data Sheet

EUROSPAN®

ACOUSTICAL WALL SYSTEM

APPLICATIONEurospan Acoustical Wall System provides outstanding acoustical benefits from virtually any wall application without the traditional look of fabric covered panels. The system is designed to dampen interior noise and add acoustical benefits to any commercial, educational or institutional application where a seamless aesthetic is desired.

USESArchitects can design effective acoustic benefits into any space without compromising their creativity. Excellent sound absorption is achieved by reducing the amount of hard surfaces to reduce noise distractions, enhance privacy, and create a less stressful, more productive environment.

CONSTRUCTIONEurospan Acoustical Wall System is comprised of three basic components: a glass fiber acoustical core, perimeter tension track with patent pending retaining system and outer textile covering. This seamless product uses a high-performance integrated glass fiber core. Tension tracks arranged around the perimeter hold an acoustically transparent textile which can be stretched over areas 16’ wide.

SIZE AVAILABLITYPanels are available in 1/2”, 1”, 1 1/2” or 2”thicknesses. Other thicknesses are available and may be furred up to a 4” depth.

SEAM & EDGE DETAILEurospan Acoustical Wall System has amonolithic surface which merges unobtrusively with the room’s interior design. Spaces of 16’ x40’ or more can be covered seamlessly. Larger areas can be seamed almost invisibly or installed with reveals to highlight the edges.

FINISHThe product is available in several textile choices including fabrics from Guilford, Maharam, Knoll, Carnegie and Designtex.


*1/2” .55

*1” .80

*1 1/2” 1.0

*2” 1.0

*estimated

PHYSICAL PROPERTY DATASurface Burning, Core (ASTM E 84)*Components meet 25/50 Class A ratingCorner Wall (NFPA 265 or UBC 8-2)Pass

RECYCLED CONTENT Eurospan Acoustical Wall System panels utilizean Owens Corning fiberglass board core that iseligible to bear the Green Cross label for recycledcontent. The board is certified on average tocontain at least 30% recycled glass, with 4%post-consumer and 26% pre-consumer content.For LEED® projects, our acoustical panels canhelp you qualify for recycled content pointsunder the Materials and Resources section.Other LEED® categories may also applydepending upon the project requirements.

WARRANTY5 Year Limited Warranty against manufacturing defects. See product warranty for limitations.


Product Data Sheet

EUROSPAN®

ACOUSTICAL WALL SYSTEM

��


��32�� !��"��#�$� �� %!�&�'��(�'��)*"��+�!��,�� &&� �,�� "�"!-"��

�../��!",��"!"��!�"�!0��#�$��!""��1��&��,�+��&��

PART 1 GENERAL



1.3 Submit ________ samples of each type of system as shown on the drawings and in schedules and include appropriate technical information including test data and maintenance instructions. Submit ________ fabric selector cards from manufacturer’s standard or custom finishes.



1.6 The contractor shall be responsible for the examination and acceptance of all surfaces and conditions prior to the system installation, and willfurnish all necessary hardware and accessories for the complete job installation.


PART 2 MATERIALS

2.1 Eurospan Acoustical Wall System shall have a 5-year manufacturer’s warranty.

2.2 Acoustical core shall be constructed of dimensionally stable rigid fiberglass of 6-7 pcf density. Thickness (choose one) 1/2”, 1”, 1 1/2”, 2” or custom ________ (specify).

2.3 Product finish shall be __________________________ (specify finish manufacturer, pattern, color and specifier).

2.4 Mounting shall be square, bevel, radius (choose one) perimeter track and square, bevel, radius (choose one) mid joint track.

2.5 Acoustical Performance – In accordance with ASTM C 423 (Type A Mounting) components shall have a minimum NRC of: .55 (1/2” thick), .80(1” thick), and 1.0 (1 1/2” and 2” thicknesses).

2.6 Flammability – Wall system shall meet a 25/50 Class A rating in accordance with ASTM E 84*.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 Manufacturer’s Instructions – Comply with the instructions and recommendations of the Eurospan Acoustical Wall System manufacturer.

3.2 Examination – Verify that site conditions are acceptable for installation of the Eurospan Acoustical Wall System. Do not proceed with installation of the Eurospan Acoustical Wall System until unacceptable conditions are corrected.

3.3 Installation – Review shop drawings and determine location of hardware. Identify components and verify quantities. Install Eurospan Acoustical Wall System in accordance with manufacturers guidelines.

3.4 Demonstration – Demonstrate proper use, function and maintenance of Eurospan Acoustical Wall System components to Owner’s personnel.






** CID FONT **

** FONT NAME ** GillSans ** 33 ** 32 ** 46 ** 44 ** 47 ** 45 ** 48 ** 46 ** 50 ** 48 ** 51 ** 49 ** 52 ** 50 ** 53 ** 51 ** 54 ** 52 ** 55 ** 53 ** 56 ** 54 ** 58 ** 56 ** 59 ** 57 ** 67 ** 65 ** 68 ** 66 ** 69 ** 67 ** 70 ** 68 ** 71 ** 69 ** 73 ** 71 ** 78 ** 76 ** 80 ** 78 ** 81 ** 79 ** 82 ** 80 ** 84 ** 82 ** 85 ** 83 ** 87 ** 85 ** 89 ** 87 ** 99 ** 97 ** 100 ** 98 ** 101 ** 99 ** 102 ** 100 ** 103 ** 101 ** 104 ** 102 ** 105 ** 103 ** 106 ** 104 ** 107 ** 105 ** 109 ** 107 ** 110 ** 108 ** 111 ** 109 ** 112 ** 110 ** 113 ** 111 ** 114 ** 112 ** 116 ** 114 ** 117 ** 115 ** 118 ** 116 ** 119 ** 117 ** 120 ** 118 ** 121 ** 119 ** 123 ** 121 ** 170 ** 169

** CID FONT **



EuroSpan® Fabric

1. Preventive Measures: Wear clean protective gloves or have clean hands when working around or with Eurospan® fabric. Trained and qualified personnel should perform installation or removal of fabric for access.

2. General Maintenance: Periodic brushing or light vacuuming of the Eurospan® fabric is recommended for removal of loose dust and airborne particles. Blowing off with clean compressed air also works well and reduces the chance of pushing particles into the fabric.

3. Stain Removal: The fiber used in the Eurospan® fabric allows the use of both water-based and solvent-based cleaning agents. A product such as Clorox “OxiMagic” has been reported to work very well. A special “Dry Cleaning Sponge” works well on most light stains. These sponges are shipped with each Eurospan® order. For large and unusual stains, or for overall cleaning, contact a reputable professional cleaning service.


Product Data Sheet

QuietZone® Acoustic Batts

AvailabilityWood Frame Construction

Width Length Thickness Pieces per Package Sq. ft. m2

Linear ft mInches mm Inches mm Inches mm

Fac

ed B

atts

15 381 93 2,362 3½ 89 16 155 14.40 124 37.8

15 381 105 2,664 3½ 89 16 175 16.26 140 42.7

15½ 394 93 2,362 5½ 139 10 101 9.38 78 23.8

23 584 93 2,362 3½ 89 16 238 22.11 124 37.8

15 381 105 2,664 3½ 89 1 (Roll) 88 8.18 70 21.3U

nfa

ced

Bat

ts15¼ 387 93 2,362 3½ 89 16 155 14.40 124 37.8

15¼ 387 105 2,664 3½ 89 16 178 16.54 140 42.7

23¼ 591 93 2,362 3½ 89 16 241 22.39 124 37.8

Typical Physical PropertiesProperty QuietZone® Acoustic Batts

Water Absorption (max. % by volume) Less than 0.05%

Dimensional Stability (linear shrinkage) Less than 0.10%

Fiber glass acoustic batt insulation designed to absorb sound vibrations in wall, fl oor and ceiling applications for noise control.


Owens Corning QuietZone® acoustic batts are an essential part of controlling noise transmission between rooms. The QuietZone® acoustic batt actually absorbs sound vibrations within the wall cavity to control noise in the home.

QuietZone® acoustic batts reduce noise transmission coming from laundry rooms, entertainment rooms, family rooms and any other area where noise is created. It can also be used to create privacy in home offi ces, master bedrooms or other areas where peace and quiet is desired.

Product Benefi ts:

• Differentiate the homes you build with increased performance

• Increase sales by offering unique up-sell options

• Provide homeowners with quieter, more peaceful living conditions

• Enhance your image by positioning yourself as an acoustic solutions expert

• Save homeowners time and money by suggesting noise control prior to new home construction compared to retrofi tting at a later date

Product Attributes

QuietZone® acoustic batts are:

• Acoustically engineered to absorb sound vibrations

• Installed between interior walls, fl oors, and ceilings when constructed of standard wood framing members

• Lightweight and pre-cut to 93" or 105" lengths for quick installation and easy transportation

• Faced batts are easily identifi ed by attractive, PINK-kraft facing featuring large images of the Pink Panther™

• Easily stapled and cleanly fabricated to allow for improved workmanship and acoustical performance

• Compliant with building codes and standards

Product Applications

Basic Noise Control Wall Construction Using single 2x4 wood studs (16" o.c.), QuietZone® acoustic batts, and ½ " Type X gypsum board provides basic noise control between adjoining rooms. QuietZone® acoustic batts can improve conventional wood stud walls to a Sound Transmission Class (STC) rating of 39.

Product Data Sheet


Product Installation

QuietZone® acoustic batts are designed for interior cavities only and are not recommended for exterior walls. The facing on this product is provided for ease of installation and is not a vapor retarder.

• Insulation must fi t snugly into place, fi lling the cavity completely.

• Staple batts along kraft fl anges to the inside of the wall framing.

• In cases where wall penetrations apply, cut with a utility knife to fi t around wiring, outlets, junction boxes, pipes and other obstructions.

• For desired performance, keep batts dry during shipping, storage and installation.

• QuietZone® acoustic batts may be installed with the facing toward either side of interior walls, fl oors, or ceilings in conventional wood stud construction.

• QuietZone® acoustic batts (15" or 23" width) will be required in the cavity space between wall framing sections spaced either 16" or 24" o.c.

• Owens Corning acoustic batts will be required to fi ll the cavity space between wall framing sections spaced either 16" or 24" o.c. when using 2x6 QuietZone® acoustic wall framing.

Durable Composition

QuietZone® acoustic batts:

• Are dimensionally stable

• Will not slump over time

• Are composed of inorganic glass fi bers which do not absorb water

• Maintain original acoustic properties over time

• Will not rot or mildew

Fire Safety

When installing QuietZone® acoustic batts in areas containing high temperature appliances, fi replace fl ues or furnaces, the kraft-facing must be protected and enclosed with an approved fi nishing material.*

Applicable Standards

Kraft facing will burn. Do not leave exposed. Facing must be installed in substantial contact with an approved ceiling, fl oor or wall material. Keep open fl ame and other heat sources away from facing. Do not place insulation within 3" of light fi xtures or similar electrical devices unless device is labeled for contact with insulation. Use only unfaced insulation between wood framing and masonry chimneys. Do not use insulation in spaces around metal chimneys, fi replaces, or fl ues. See package

for warnings fi re hazard and installation instructions, or call 1-419-248-8234.

Always check with your local building code offi cial regarding local requirements affecting installation of all building components.

For more information on QuietZone® acoustic batts or the QuietZone® Noise Control System, call 1-800-GET-PINK™ or visit our Web site at www.owenscorning.com.

*The facing on QuietZone® batts will burn and must not be left exposed. The facing must be installed in substantial contact with an approved interior material. Protect facing from any open fl ame or heat surface.

Figure 1Single wood studs, QuietZone® acoustic batt insulation and a

single layer of ½ " Type X gypsum board.

QuietZone

QuietZone

QuietZone

OWENS CORNING INSULATING SYSTEMS, LLCONE OWENS CORNING PARKWAYTOLEDO, OHIO 43659

1-800-GET-PINK™www.owenscorning.com

Pub. No. 43824-D. Printed in U.S.A. October 2007. THE PINK PANTHER™ & ©1964-2007 Metro-Goldwyn-Mayer Studios Inc. All Rights Reserved. The color PINK is a registered trademark of Owens Corning.©2007 Owens Corning.



Product Data Sheet

QuietZone®

Acoustic Sealant

Premium acrylic-based acoustic sealant designed to seal openings in Walls, Floors, Ceilings, Doors and Windows

Owens Corning QuietZone acoustic sealant is an effective way to reduce sound transmission between rooms and can even help reduce noise coming in around exterior doors and windows and stop air infi ltration.

Product Benefi ts:

• Differentiate the homes you build with increased noise control for quieter, more peaceful living

• use one sealant for air infi ltration and noise

• Increase sales potential by offering unique up-sell options

• Help to enhance your image by positioning yourself as an acoustic solutions expert

• Save homeowners time and money by suggesting noise control prior to new home construction compared to retrofi tting at a later date

Product Attributes:

QuietZone acoustic sealant features these properties:

• 50-year guarantee

• Available in convenient 29 ounce tubes

• Premium siliconized acrylic sealant

• Class A Flame Spread

• Non-hardening for the lifetime of the installed product

• Acoustically engineered to block sound vibrations

• Blocks air infi ltration

• Mildew and water-resistant

• Superior adhesion - can be applied to a variety of different surfaces

• Paintable

• Quick clean-up with water

• Retains acoustic properties over time

• Interior and exterior sealant applications


QuietZone acoustic sealant produces a fl exible, acoustic seal. The product should be used to fi ll and seal all gaps in wall, fl oor, and ceilings to reduce noise transmission and stop air infi ltration.

Applications include:• Gaps between wall stud plates

and the subfl oor

• Around electrical outlets and boxes

• Around air ducts and boots

• Around doors and windows

• Any other miscellaneous wall, ceiling and fl oor penetrations or gaps

QuietZone Noise Control Systems

Install QuietZone Noise Control Products to form Systems that meet individual needs.

Using Quiet Retreat Noise Control Solutions, which includes QuietZone acoustic wall framing, QuietZone acoustic sealant, QuietZone acoustic fl oor mat and QuietZone acoustic batts, can provide walls and fl oors with superior noise isolation properties.

Wall performance can range from Sound Transmission Class (STC) of 39 for walls constructed using QuietZone acoustic sealant, standard wood studs, and QuietZone acoustic batts, up to STC 63 for walls incorporating QuietZone acoustic sealant, QuietZone acoustic wall framing, and QuietZone acoustic batts. The result is a reduction in perceived noise levels from 30% and up to 80%, when compared with uninsulated conventional wood stud wall assemblies.

Similarly, fl oors constructed using QuietZone acoustic sealant, QuietZone acoustic fl oor mat and QuietZone acoustic batts can result in fl oors ranging in performance from STC 43 up to STC 73. and in addition these fl oors would have Impact Isolation Class (IIC) of 37 through to IIC 63.

Product Data Sheet

QuietZone®

Acoustic Sealant

Figure 1QuietZone 2x4 acoustic wall framing 16” o.c., QuietZone acoustic batt insulation and a double layers of ½ ” Type X gypsum board.

QuietZone

QuietZone

For information on different wall, fl oor and ceiling construction techniques and performance values contact your Sales Representative or contact Owens Corning at 1-800-GET-PINK.


QuietZone acoustic sealant is designed for use in all wall and fl oor systems to seal gypsum and other small openings from plumbing or electrical work, but can be used in other areas where a non-hardening sealant is required.

• Before use, wipe excess dirt, dust or moisture away from applicable area to produce a clean, dry surface

• Cut tip to suggested bead size and place into gun

• Apply at a 45° angle and, after 3-5 minutes, “tool” bead into place

Product Precautions

QuietZone acoustic sealant may cause irritation to the eyes and skin and is harmful by inhalation or if swallowed. Avoid contact with eyes and skin. Avoid breathing vapors and ingesting this product. Keep QuietZone acoustic sealant away from heat, sparks, or open fl ame. Use with adequate ventilation and wash thoroughly after handling.

Product Specifi cations

NET 10.1 FL. OZ. (300ml) and 29 FL. OZ. (857.6 ml)

Rating Scale:

Superior: 5 - Lowest: 1

Paintability: 5

Flexibility: 5

Durability: 5

Adhesion to Wood: 5

Adhesion to Glass: 5

Adhesion to Metal: 5

Adhesion to Masonry: 5

QuietZoneInternal and external uses apply to:

• Wood

• Glass

• Brick

• Concrete

• Masonry

• Drywall

• Aluminum

• Steel

• Plastic

• Tile

• Vinyl

• PVC

• FOAMULAR® Foam Insulation

• Fiber Glass

• Particle Board

• Plywood

• Cement Board


QuietZone acoustic sealant exceeds ASTM C 834, Type P, Grade - 18°C and exceeds performance requirements of TT-S-00230C, Type II, Class B and ASTM C 920, Class 25. Meets ASTM E-84 Class A.


For more information on QuietZone acoustic sealant or the QuietZone Noise Control System, call 1-800-GET-PINK™ or visit our Web site at:www.quietzone.com

OWENS CORNING INSULATING SYSTEMS, LLCONE OWENS CORNING PARKWAYTOLEDO, OHIO, USA 43659

1-800-GET-PINK™

www.owenscorning.com

Pub. No. 43823-D. Printed in U.S.A. January 2007. THE PINK PANTHER™ & ©1964–2007 Metro-Goldwyn-Mayer Studios Inc. All Rights Reserved. The color PINK is a registered trademark of Owens Corning. ©2007 Owens Corning.

http://www.quietzone.com


Product Data Sheet

QuietZone®

Acoustic Batts

Owens Corning QuietZone acoustic batts are an essential part of controlling noise transmission between rooms. The QuietZone acoustic batt actually absorbs sound vibrations within the wall cavity to control noise in the home.

QuietZone acoustic batts help reduce noise transmission coming from laundry rooms, entertainment rooms, family rooms and any other area where noise is created. It can also be used to create privacy in home offi ces, master bedrooms or other areas where peace and quiet is desired.

Excellent Acoustical PerformanceQuietZone acoustic batts provide excellent in-place acoustical performance. Depending on the construction method used, QuietZone acoustic batts can improve Sound Transmission Class ratings by 4 to 10 dBs. Installation advantages can help a contractor achieve the acoustical

performance desired. The STC performance data for various wall constructions can be found on pages 3 and 4.

Durable CompositionQuietZone acoustic batts:

• Are dimensionally stable.

• Will not slump over time.

• Are composed of inorganic glass fi bers which do not absorb water.

• Maintain original acoustic properties over time.

• Will not rot or mildew.

Product Benefi ts:

• Differentiate the homes you build with increased performance.

• Increase sales by offering unique up-sell options.

• Provide homeowners with quieter, more peaceful living conditions.

• Enhance your image by positioning yourself as an acoustic solutions expert.

• Save homeowners time and money by suggesting noise control prior to new home construction compared to retrofi tting at a later date.

Product Attributes

QuietZone acoustic batts are:

• Acoustically engineered to absorb sound vibrations.

• Installed between interior walls, fl oors, and ceilings when constructed of standard wood framing members.

• Lightweight and pre-cut to 93" or 105" lengths for quick installation and easy transportation.

• Faced batts are easily identifi ed by attractive, PINK-kraft facing featuring large images of the PINK PANTHER™.

• Easily stapled and cleanly fabricated to allow for improved workmanship and acoustical performance.

• Compliant with building codes and standards.


QuietZone acoustic batts are designed for interior cavities only and are not recommended for exterior walls. The facing on this product is provided for ease of installation and is not a vapor retarder.

• Insulation must fi t snugly into place, fi lling the cavity completely.

• Staple batts along kraft fl anges to the inside of the wall framing.

• In cases where wall penetrations apply, cut with a utility knife to fi t around wiring, outlets, junction boxes, pipes and other obstructions.

• For desired performance, keep batts dry during shipping, storage and installation.

• QuietZone acoustic batts may be installed with the facing toward either side of interior walls, fl oors, or ceilings in conventional wood stud construction.

Product Data Sheet

QuietZone®

Acoustic Batts

• QuietZone acoustic batts (15" or 23" width) will be required in the cavity space between wall framing sections spaced either 16" or 24" o.c.

• Owens Corning QuietZone acoustic batts will be required to fi ll the cavity space between wall framing sections spaced either 16" or 24" o.c. when using 2x6 QuietZone acoustic wall framing.


QuietZone Quiet Foundations™ Noise Control SystemUsing single 2x4 wood studs (16" o.c.), QuietZone acoustic batts, and ½ " Type X gypsum board provides basic noise control between adjoining rooms. QuietZone acoustic batts can improve conventional wood stud walls to a Sound Transmission Class (STC) rating of 39.

QuietZone Quiet Retreats™ Studs, Batts, Caulk and MatUsing QuietZone acoustic framing on 24” centers, 2x6 QuietZone acoustic wall studs, double layers 5 ∕8” Type X gypsum drywall each side, 5½ QuietZone acoustic batts. In this assembly wall performance improves to an STC rating of 63.

Technical Design Considerations

Acoustical performance of interior drywall partitions can be substantially improved by including a number of important design and construction details.

Important details include sealing the perimeter of walls, wall inter-section construction details, and

the location and proper installa-tion of electrical outlets, ducts, doors and mechanical equipment.

Perimeter SealingSeal walls on both sides at top and bottom plates with a non-hardening, permanently resilient caulking such as a butyl rubber-base compound. Where required, two layers of wallboard, properly staggered, joint compound and tape will effectively seal corners.

DoorsWhere optimum acoustical control is desired, solid wood core doors or insulated metal doors should be specifi ed. Door tops and sides should be gasketed with a soft weather stripping. Use of threshold closures at the bottom of the door or air seals will reduce sound transmission.

Technical DataWood Frame Construction

Width Length Thickness Pieces Per Package Sq. Ft./m2 Linear Ft./m

Faced Batts

15" 381mm 93" 2362mm 3½ " 89mm 16 155/14.40 124/37.8

15" 381mm 105" 2664mm 3½ " 89mm 16 175/16.26 140/42.7

15½ " 394mm 93" 2362mm 5½ " 139mm 10 101/9.38 78/23.8

23" 584mm 93" 2362mm 3½ " 89mm 16 238/22.11 124/37.8

15" 381mm 105" 2664mm 3½ " 89mm 1 (Roll) 88/8.18 70/21.3

Unfaced Batts

15¼ " 387mm 93" 2362mm 3½ " 89mm 16 155/14.40 124/37.8

15 ¼ " 387mm 105" 2664mm 3½ " 89mm 16 178/16.54 140/42.7

23 ¼ " 591mm 93" 2362mm 3½ " 89mm 16 241/22.39 124/37.8

QuietZone acoustic batts comply with the requirements of the Uniform Building Code (ICBO) building types III, IV, and V; National Building Code (BOCAI) building types 3, 4, and 5; and Standard Building Code (SBCCI) building types III, V, VI.

Dimensional Stability

Linear Shrinkage Less than 0.1%

Water Absorption

Max. by Volume Less than 0.05%

Figure 1Single wood studs, QuietZone acoustic batt insulation and a single layer of ½ ” Type X gypsum board.

Product Data Sheet

QuietZone®

Acoustic Batts

Single Wood Stud Wall System

STCSTC

Test No. Construction DescriptionFire

RatingFire Test

36 OCF423 Single wood studs 16" o.c.; single layer 5/8" type "x" gypsum drywall each side; one thickness, 3½ " thick QuietZone Acoustic Batts

1 Hr. UL U305

39 W2069 Single wood studs 16" o.c.; single layer ½ " type "x" gypsum drywall each side; one thickness, 3½ " thick QuietZone Acoustic Batts

N.A. —

40 W2469 Single wood studs 16" o.c.; double layer ½ " type "x" gypsum drywall one side, single layer other side; one thickness, 3½ " thick QuietZone Acoustic Batts

N.A. —

45 W2569 Single wood studs 16" o.c.; double layer ½ " type "x" gypsum drywall each side; one thickness, 3½ " thick QuietZone Acoustic Batts

1 Hr.1 UL U305

1Rating is estimated from tests using thinner assemblies of fewer layers of gypsum drywall. Specifi c test references are available and will be provided upon request.

Single Wood Stud with Resilient Channel Wall System

STCSTC


RatingFire Test

46 W0769 Single wood studs, resilient channel; single layer ½ " type "x" gypsum drywall each side; one thickness. 3½ " thick QuietZone Acoustic Batts

N.A. —

50 WP32302 Single wood studs, resilient channel; single layer 5/8" type "x" gypsum drywall each side; one thickness, 3½ " thick QuietZone Acoustic Batts

1 Hr. OSU T-3127

52 W0669 Single wood studs, resilient channel; single layer ½ " type "x" gypsum drywall one side, double layer other side; one thickness, 3½ " thick QuietZone Acoustic Batts

N.A. —

56 W0569 Single wood studs, resilient channel; double layer ½ " type "x" gypsum drywall each side; one thickness, 3½ " thick QuietZone Acoustic Batts

1 Hr.1 OSU T-3127

1Rating is estimated from tests using thinner assemblies of fewer layers of gypsum drywall. Specifi c test references are available and will be provided upon request. 2Listed in the Gyspum Association Fire Resistance Design Manual

Staggered Wood Stud Wall System

STCSTC


RatingFire Test

46 W5769 Staggered wood studs 16" o.c.; single layer 5/8" type "x" gypsum drywall each side; one thickness, 3½ " thick QuietZone Acoustic Batts

1 hr.1 UL U305

51 W01486 Staggered wood studs 16" o.c.; single layer ½ " type "x" gypsum drywall each side; one thickness, 3½ " thick QuietZone Acoustic Batts

N.A. —

51 OC5FC Staggered wood studs 16" o.c.; single layer ½ " type "x" gypsum drywall each side; two thicknesses, 3½ " thick QuietZone Acoustic Batts

1 hr. OSU 4970

53 W4769 Staggered wood studs 24" o.c.; double layer ½ " type "x" gypsum drywall one side, single layer other side; one thickness, 3½ " thick QuietZone Acoustic Batts

N.A. —

55 W4869 Staggered wood studs 24" o.c.; double layer ½ " type "x" gypsum drywall each side; one thickness, 3½ " thick QuietZone Acoustic Batts

1 hr.1 UL U309

1Rating is estimated from tests using thinner assemblies of fewer layers of gypsum drywall. Specifi c test references are available and will be provided upon request.

QuietZone Wall Framing System

STCSTC


RatingFire Test

57 E90-99087 2x4 QuietZone Acoustic Framing on 16” centers, double layers ½ ” type "x" gypsum drywall each side, 3½ " thick QuietZone Acoustic Batts

1 hr.1 UL U305

60 E90-01029 2x6 QuietZone Acoustic Framing on 16” centers, double layers 5/8" type "x" gypsum drywall each side; 5½ " thick QuietZone Acoustic Batts

N.A. —

63 E90-99102 2x6 QuietZone Acoustic Framing on 24” centers, double layers 5/8" type "x" gypsum drywall each side; 5½ " thick QuietZone Acoustic Batts

1 hr. OSU 4970

Product Data Sheet

QuietZone®

Acoustic Batts

Sliding doors should be avoided where optimum noise control is desired. Doors opening on hallways should not open across from one another.

ElectricalLight switches and outlets should not be located back-to-back. Ceiling fi xtures should be surface mounted and openings around boxes should be sealed airtight.

Circuit breaker boxes, telephone outlets and intercom systems should be located on well-insulated interior walls and never on exterior, part or hallway walls.

PlumbingPipe runs should be designed with swing arms so expansion and contraction can occur without binding, thus eliminating unwanted water fl ow generated sound. Piping should also be isolated from surrounding structures with resilient mounts.

Installation of fi xtures back-to-back should be avoided. In all cases, openings made in walls should be caulked or sealed to ensure optimum acoustical integrity.

Ducts and HVAC EquipmentSince ducts can easily transmit sound, duct design should be given special consideration when planning the heating and air conditioning system.

The installation of a quiet, high quality heating and air conditioning unit is recommended to reduce duct-carried noise. When possible, isolate equipment away from “quiet” areas.

Owens Corning offers a variety of duct systems, wraps and liners that effectively reduce noise.

Fire Safety

Kraft facing will burn. Do not leave exposed. Facing must be installed in substantial contact with an approved ceiling, fl oor or wall material. Keep open fl ame and other heat sources away from facing. Do not place insulation within 3” of light fi xtures or similar electrical devices unless device is labeled for contact with insulation. Use only unfaced insulation between wood framing and masonry chimneys. Do not use insulation in spaces around metal chimneys, fi replaces, or fl ues. Unfaced insulation is considered non-combustible by model building codes. Flame Spread 25 products are fl ame spread rated and can be left exposed where codes allow. See package for warnings, fi re hazard and installation instructions, or call 1-419-248-8234.


QuietZone acoustic batts comply with:

• ASTM C 665, Type II, Class C. Federal Specifi cation HH-I-521F has been cancelled and is replaced by ASTM C 665.

• Uniform Building Code (ICBO) building types III, IV, and V

• National Building Code (BOCA) building types 3, 4, and 5

• Standard Building Code (SBCCI) building types III, V, and VI.


Fiber Glass and MoldAs manufactured, fi ber glass insulation is resistant to mold growth. However, mold growth can occur on building materials, including insulation, when it becomes contaminated with organic material and when water is present. To avoid mold growth on fi ber glass insulation, remove any water that has accumulated and correct or repair the source of that water as soon as possible. Insulation that has become wet should be inspected for evidence of residual moisture and contamination, and any insulation that is contaminated should be promptly removed and replaced.

For more information on QuietZone acoustic batts or the QuietZone Noise Control System, call 1-800-GET-PINK or visit our Web site at:www.quietzone.com


1-800-GET-PINK™


Pub. No. 102321-A. Printed in U.S.A. January 2007. THE PINK PANTHER™ & ©1964–2007 Metro-Goldwyn-Mayer Studios Inc. All Rights Reserved. The color PINK is a registered trademark of Owens Corning. ©2007 Owens Corning.




QuietZone®

Acoustic Floor Mat

concrete material per manufacturer’s instructions on top of the QuietZone Acoustic Floor Mat so there is a layer of gypsum concrete at least 1½ ” thick covering the entire fl oor surface area.

3. 1” Alternative to Gypsum Concrete Using USG LEVELROCK® Brand Floor Underlayment 2500 or 3500

• Apply USG LEVELROCK® Brand Floor Primer or equivalent over QuietZone Acoustic Floor Mat following manufacturers instructions for mixing and application.

• Pour USG LEVELROCK® Brand Floor Underlayment 2500 or 3500 over fl oor primer to a minimum thickness of 1”. Follow manufacturer’s instructions for mixing and application.

• Depending on the fi nish fl oor application, apply LEVELROCK™ Brand Surface Enhancer SE-100 over the USG LEVELROCK® gypsum concrete topping. Follow manufacturer’s instructions to determine when and how to apply.

• For a tile fi nish fl oor add:Noble Company, NobleBond 21 Adhesive following manufacturers instructionsNoble Company, NobleBond CIS Crack Suppression Membrane following manufacturer’s instructions

4. Clean-up

• Remove tape from wall.

• Trim away excess QuietZone acoustic fl oor mat so that the mat is fl ush with the fi nished fl oor.

• Add baseboard or fi nishing trim as required.

Design Considerations

QuietZone Acoustic Floor Mat is to be placed between the subfl oor and plywood or gypsum concrete overlayment to create an isolation layer for sound vibrations and impact noises such as foot traffi c. The plywood or gypsum concrete overlayment, once installed, “fl oats” on top of the fl oor mat providing a rigid surface for the fi nished fl ooring.

Fire Safety & Applicable Standards

QuietZone Acoustic Floor Mat has been tested in accordance with ASTM E-84 with resulting fl ame spread/smoke developed indices of 20/50. Thermal barrier and structural requirements are met by using 1” of gypsum concrete or 2 layers of 3 ∕8” exterior grade plywood.


For more information, call 1-800-GET-PINK™ or visit our Web site at: www.quietzone.com

OWENS CORNING INSULATING SYSTEMS, LLCONE OWENS CORNING PARKWAY TOLEDO, OHIO 436591-800-GET-PINK™ www.owenscorning.com

Pub. No. 102322-B. Printed in U.S.A. January 2008. THE PINK PANTHER™ & ©1964-2008 Metro-Goldwyn-Mayer Studios Inc. All Rights Reserved. The co lor P INK is a registered t rademark of Owens Corn ing.©2008 Owens Corning.


QuietZone®

Acoustic Floor Mat

IMPORTANT: For proper acoustic isolation, QuietZone Acoustic Floor Mat must be laid on a clean, dry and level surface covering the entire fl oor area with the mat turned up at each wall and should be installed after the drywall has been applied. A gypsum concrete or two-layer plywood raft is installed to “fl oat” on top of the fl oor mat and provide a rigid surface for fi nished fl ooring.

Excellent Acoustical Performance

QuietZone Acoustic Floor Mat, composed of a lightweight, closed cell, extruded polyethylene foam, is acoustically engineered to isolate sound vibrations and impact noises. Wall performance will also increase, as fl anking noise will be reduced.

Commercial applications, such as hotel rooms, conference rooms and condominiums as well as residential applications like home theaters or laundry rooms are ideal areas for noise control treatment.

Durable Material Composition

QuietZone Acoustic Floor Mat has exceptional compressive strength, while also being resilient enough to absorb impact vibrations. It will retain its acoustic properties over time while also being resistant to moisture, mold and fungus.

Fast, High Quality Installation

QuietZone Acoustic Floor Mat is lightweight, easy to cut and install. Installed beneath 1½ ” gypsum concrete or a double layer of 3 ∕8” exterior-grade plywood and fi nished fl ooring, QuietZone Acoustic Floor Mat isolates and minimizes structure-borne noise from transferring to adjacent areas or rooms. Refer to product packaging for complete installation instructions.

Typical Physical PropertiesProperty Test Method Value

Compressive Strength, Vertical Direction ASTM D 3575 93 Suffi x D @ 25%/50% 720/1800 (psf )

Compression Set (50% defl ection requires a loading of 1800 psf )

ASTM D 3575 93 Suffi x B 19% (81% Recovery)

Nominal Density ASTM C 303 2.2 (pcf )

Water Absorption ASTM D 3575 93 Suffi x L <0.1 (psf )

Thermal Resistance R-Value ASTM C 518 85 1.3 (Hr•Ft.2•°F/BTU)

Surface Burning CharateristicsFlame SpreadSmoke Developed

ASTM E 841

2050

1ASTM E84 is a standard used to measure and describe the properties of materials, products or assemblies in response to heat and fl ame under controlled laboratory conditions using proper construction techniques and assembly. Improper installation can adversely affect fi re performance.

Technical DataProperty Test Method

Material Polyethylene foam with an anti-static agent

Package Form Roll

Length 35 ft.

Width 4 ft.

Area 140 Sq. Ft.

Thickness 3∕8 in. (9.5mm)

Roll Diameter 14 in.

Roll Weight 10.25 lbs.

Specifi cationSound rated fl oor material shall be 3∕8” (9.5mm) thick closed cell polyethylene foam with an anti-static agent.The sound rated material shall be QuietZone Acoustic Floor mat as supplied by Owens Corning.


QuietZone®

Acoustic Floor Mat


QuietZone®

Acoustic Floor Mat

• Butt adjoining edges of fl oor mat against each other and tape all seams with standard (2” wide) building tape.

• Cut a strip of QuietZone Acoustic Floor Mat 3-4” wide and place strip along wall and tape edge to the fl oor mat on the subfl oor.

NOTE: Floor mat strip should form a sealed, right angle with the fl oor mat on the subfl oor.

• Tape the top of the perimeter strip to the wall so that the gypsum concrete can fi ll the entire fl oor surface area.

• Ensure the QuietZone Acoustic Floor Mat is free of any tears or punctures.

2. Install Gypsum Concrete Raft on Top of Floor Mat

• Pour the lightweight gypsum

Installation with Plywood Raft

Note: for use with

• hardwood

• vinyl

• wood laminate

• carpet and padding

1. Install Floor Mat

• Roll out QuietZone Acoustic Floor Mat directly on top of the subfl oor so that the entire fl oor surface area is covered and 3-4” of fl oor mat is turned up along wall.

• Butt adjoining edges of fl oor mat against each other and tape all seams with standard (2” wide) building tape. Also, tape the turned up edges to the wall to help with installation of the wood raft.


2. Install Plywood Raft on Top of Floor Mat

• Combine two layers of 3∕8” (or thicker), exterior, AC-grade plywood together. (Note: two layers of ½ ” plywood should be used with hardwood fi nished

installed. It is recommended that all of the plywood raft pieces needed are pre-cut prior to assembly.

• Place one layer of plywood directly on top of the fl oor mat so the entire surface area is covered. Space the plywood panels so that there is a 1∕8” gap between adjacent pieces of plywood and from the walls.

• Apply an even coat of standard wood glue to the top surface of bottom layer of plywood, and then place a second layer of plywood onto glued surface. The second layer of plywood should be oriented perpendicular to the bottom layer with the joints staggered. The fi nished surface of the plywood forms the top surface of the raft. Space the plywood panels so that there is a 1∕8” gap between adjacent pieces of plywood and from wall.

• Fasten the two layers of plywood together using ¾ ” long wood screws spaced 12” apart across entire surface area, including the joints and perimeter. Use 1” long screws when ½ ” plywood is being installed.

NOTE: Since wood is a natural

down the plywood raft (up to 16” oc) without signifi cantly compromising the acoustic performance of the system. Care should be taken to use wood screws that completely penetrate the subfl oor without entering into the fl oor joists.

3. Install Finished Flooring

• Install the fi nished fl ooring as recommended by the manufacturer.

• Ensure that the fi nished fl ooring is installed close enough to the wall so that the fi nishing trim will conceal the QuietZone Acoustic Floor Mat.

4. Clean-up


• Trim away excess QuietZone Acoustic Floor Mat so that the mat is fl ush with the fi nished fl oor.


Installation with Gypsum Concrete Raft

Note: for use with

• hardwood

• vinyl

Figure 1Wood Frame Construction

CAUTION: COMBUSTIBLE. This product should not be exposed to open fl ames or other possible ignition sources. It may contain fl ammable vapors and should be stored in well ventilated areas. Further processing of the product may result in the localized release of fl ammable vapors. This product should be installed in such a way that it is separated from the building interior by a thermal barrier. Typical thermal barriers are a minimum of 5∕8” plywood or 1” thick concrete. Please refer to the Material Safety Data Sheet for more information.

2 layers of 3 ∕8” exterior grade plywood

1½” reinforced mortar bed

3 ∕8” Owens Corning

QuietZone Acoustic Floor Mat

¾” Plywood Subfloor

2”x10” wood joists, 16” o.c.

QuietZone Acoustic Batt

Resilient Channel 24” o.c.

2 layer, 5 ∕8” Resilient Gypsum Ceiling

Wood Parquet Flooring Tile Flooring

Acoustic Testing completed by the

National Research Council of Canada. Acoustic Testing completed by the

National Research Council of Canada.

Passed Heavy Rating when tested in

accordance with ASTM C 627 by the

Tile Council of America.

STC-63

IIC-55 STC-73

IIC-63

Figure 2Concrete Slab Construction




6“ Reinforced concrete slab

QuietZone Acoustic

Batt Insulation

5 ∕8” Resilient Gypsum Ceiling

Finished Flooring

Acoustic Testing completed by

Riverbank Acoustical Laboratories.

Finished Flooring STC IIC

VinylRAL-TL99-213;RAL-IN99-18

59 59

Laminate WoodRAL-TL99-214;RAL-IN99-19

59 58

Tile1

RAL-TL88-217;RAL-IN99-17

58 57

1Passed Light Commercial Rating when tested in accordance with ASTM C 627 by the Tile Council of America.

Wall

Trim

Gypsum Concrete Raft: 1” or 1½” thick

Finished Flooring QuietZone Acoustic Floor Mat

Sub-floor

Wall

Trim

Figure 4Installation with Gypsum Concrete Raft

fl ooring.) Select plywood that is uniform, fl at, dry and free of defect to ensure that the fi nished fl oor is level. Allow the plywood to become acclimated to the environment so that the wood is dry and the moisture content has stabilized. This can be done by standing the panels on edge for several days in the rooms where they will be

material, it is susceptible to dimensional change. Providing a gap around all edges of the plywood panels should accommodate any dimensional change. However, in the event that the plywood raft does not lay evenly over the QuietZone Acoustic Floor Mat, one may selectively screw

• ceramic tile

• wood laminate



• Roll out QuietZone Acoustic Floor Mat directly on top of the subfl oor so that the entire fl oor surface area is covered and fl oor mat just touches the wall.

Plywood Raft: Two staggered layers of 3∕8” exterior, AC-grade plywood (use two layers of ½” plywood when installing hardwood flooring).

Finished FlooringQuietZone Acoustic Floor Mat

Sub-floor

Figure 3Installation with Plywood Raft


QuietZone®

Acoustic Floor Mat

Installation with Plywood Raft

Note: for use with

• hardwood

• vinyl

• wood laminate



• Roll out QuietZone Acoustic Floor Mat directly on top of the subfl oor so that the entire fl oor surface area is covered and 3-4” of fl oor mat is turned up along wall.

• Butt adjoining edges of fl oor mat against each other and tape all seams with standard (2” wide) building tape. Also, tape the turned up edges to the wall to help with installation of the wood raft.


2. Install Plywood Raft on Top of Floor Mat

• Combine two layers of 3∕8” (or thicker), exterior, AC-grade plywood together. (Note: two layers of ½ ” plywood should be used with hardwood fi nished fl ooring.) Select plywood that is uniform, fl at, dry and free of defect to ensure that the fi nished fl oor is level. Allow the plywood to become acclimated to the environment so that the wood is dry and the moisture content has stabilized. This can be done by standing the panels on edge for several days in the rooms where they will be

installed. It is recommended that all of the plywood raft pieces needed are pre-cut prior to assembly.

• Place one layer of plywood directly on top of the fl oor mat so the entire surface area is covered. Space the plywood panels so that there is a 1∕8” gap between adjacent pieces of plywood and from the walls.

• Apply an even coat of standard wood glue to the top surface of bottom layer of plywood, and then place a second layer of plywood onto glued surface. The second layer of plywood should be oriented perpendicular to the bottom layer with the joints staggered. The fi nished surface of the plywood forms the top surface of the raft. Space the plywood panels so that there is a 1∕8” gap between adjacent pieces of plywood and from wall.

• Fasten the two layers of plywood together using ¾ ” long wood screws spaced 12” apart across entire surface area, including the joints and perimeter. Use 1” long screws when ½ ” plywood is being installed.

NOTE: Since wood is a natural material, it is susceptible to dimensional change. Providing a gap around all edges of the plywood panels should accommodate any dimensional change. However, in the event that the plywood raft does not lay evenly over the QuietZone Acoustic Floor Mat, one may selectively screw

down the plywood raft (up to 16” oc) without signifi cantly compromising the acoustic performance of the system. Care should be taken to use wood screws that completely penetrate the subfl oor without entering into the fl oor joists.

3. Install Finished Flooring

• Install the fi nished fl ooring as recommended by the manufacturer.

• Ensure that the fi nished fl ooring is installed close enough to the wall so that the fi nishing trim will conceal the QuietZone Acoustic Floor Mat.

4. Clean-up


• Trim away excess QuietZone Acoustic Floor Mat so that the mat is fl ush with the fi nished fl oor.


Installation with Gypsum Concrete Raft

Note: for use with

• hardwood

• vinyl

• ceramic tile

• wood laminate



• Roll out QuietZone Acoustic Floor Mat directly on top of the subfl oor so that the entire fl oor surface area is covered and fl oor mat just touches the wall.


QuietZone®

Acoustic Floor Mat

• Butt adjoining edges of fl oor mat against each other and tape all seams with standard (2” wide) building tape.

• Cut a strip of QuietZone Acoustic Floor Mat 3-4” wide and place strip along wall and tape edge to the fl oor mat on the subfl oor.

NOTE: Floor mat strip should form a sealed, right angle with the fl oor mat on the subfl oor.

• Tape the top of the perimeter strip to the wall so that the gypsum concrete can fi ll the entire fl oor surface area.


2. Install Gypsum Concrete Raft on Top of Floor Mat

• Pour the lightweight gypsum

Figure 1Wood Frame Construction

CAUTION: COMBUSTIBLE. This product should not be exposed to open fl ames or other possible ignition sources. It may contain fl ammable vapors and should be stored in well ventilated areas. Further processing of the product may result in the localized release of fl ammable vapors. This product should be installed in such a way that it is separated from the building interior by a thermal barrier. Typical thermal barriers are a minimum of 5∕8” plywood or 1” thick concrete. Please refer to the Material Safety Data Sheet for more information.

2 layers of 3 ∕8” exterior grade plywood




¾” Plywood Subfloor

2”x10” wood joists, 16” o.c.

QuietZone Acoustic Batt

Resilient Channel 24” o.c.

2 layer, 5 ∕8” Resilient Gypsum Ceiling

Wood Parquet Flooring Tile Flooring

Acoustic Testing completed by the

National Research Council of Canada. Acoustic Testing completed by the

National Research Council of Canada.

Passed Heavy Rating when tested in

accordance with ASTM C 627 by the

Tile Council of America.

STC-63

IIC-55 STC-73

IIC-63

Figure 2Concrete Slab Construction




6“ Reinforced concrete slab

QuietZone Acoustic

Batt Insulation

5 ∕8” Resilient Gypsum Ceiling

Finished Flooring

Acoustic Testing completed by

Riverbank Acoustical Laboratories.

Finished Flooring STC IIC

VinylRAL-TL99-213;RAL-IN99-18

59 59

Laminate WoodRAL-TL99-214;RAL-IN99-19

59 58

Tile1

RAL-TL88-217;RAL-IN99-17

58 57

1Passed Light Commercial Rating when tested in accordance with ASTM C 627 by the Tile Council of America.

Plywood Raft: Two staggered layers of 3∕8” exterior, AC-grade plywood (use two layers of ½” plywood when installing hardwood flooring).

Finished FlooringQuietZone Acoustic Floor Mat

Sub-floor

Wall

Trim

Figure 3Installation with Plywood Raft

Gypsum Concrete Raft: 1” or 1½” thick

Finished Flooring QuietZone Acoustic Floor Mat

Sub-floor

Wall

Trim

Figure 4Installation with Gypsum Concrete Raft


QuietZone®

Acoustic Floor Mat


QuietZone®

Acoustic Floor Mat

concrete material per manufacturer’s instructions on top of the QuietZone Acoustic Floor Mat so there is a layer of gypsum concrete at least 1½ ” thick covering the entire fl oor surface area.

3. 1” Alternative to Gypsum Concrete Using USG LEVELROCK® Brand Floor Underlayment 2500 or 3500

• Apply USG LEVELROCK® Brand Floor Primer or equivalent over QuietZone Acoustic Floor Mat following manufacturers instructions for mixing and application.

• Pour USG LEVELROCK® Brand Floor Underlayment 2500 or 3500 over fl oor primer to a minimum thickness of 1”. Follow manufacturer’s instructions for mixing and application.

• Depending on the fi nish fl oor application, apply LEVELROCK™ Brand Surface Enhancer SE-100 over the USG LEVELROCK® gypsum concrete topping. Follow manufacturer’s instructions to determine when and how to apply.

• For a tile fi nish fl oor add:

4. Clean-up


• Trim away excess QuietZone acoustic fl oor mat so that the mat is fl ush with the fi nished fl oor.



QuietZone Acoustic Floor Mat is to be placed between the subfl oor and plywood or gypsum concrete overlayment to create an isolation layer for sound vibrations and impact noises such as foot traffi c. The plywood or gypsum concrete overlayment, once installed, “fl oats” on top of the fl oor mat providing a rigid surface for the fi nished fl ooring.

Fire Safety & Applicable Standards

QuietZone Acoustic Floor Mat has been tested in accordance with ASTM E-84 with resulting fl ame spread/smoke developed indices of 20/50. Thermal barrier and structural requirements are met by using 1” of gypsum concrete or 2 layers of 3 ∕8” exterior grade plywood.

Always check with your local building code offi cial regarding

For more information, call 1-800-GET-PINK™ or visit our Web site at: www.quietzone.com

IMPORTANT: For proper acoustic isolation, QuietZone Acoustic Floor Mat must be laid on a clean, dry and level surface covering the entire fl oor area with the mat turned up at each wall and should be installed after the drywall has been applied. A gypsum concrete or two-layer plywood raft is installed to “fl oat” on top of the fl oor mat and provide a rigid surface for fi nished fl ooring.

Excellent Acoustical Performance

QuietZone Acoustic Floor Mat, composed of a lightweight, closed cell, extruded polyethylene foam, is acoustically engineered to isolate sound vibrations and impact noises. Wall performance will also increase, as fl anking noise will be reduced.

Commercial applications, such as hotel rooms, conference rooms and condominiums as well as

home are l

Durable Material Composition

QuietZone Acoustic Floor Mat has exceptional compressive strength, while also being resilient enough to absorb impact vibrations. It will retain its acoustic properties over time while also being resistant to moisture, mold and fungus.

Fast, High Quality Installation

QuietZone Acoustic Floor Mat is lightweight, easy to cut and install. Installed beneath 1½ ” gypsum concrete or a double layer of 3 ∕8” exterior-grade plywood and fi nished fl ooring, QuietZone Acoustic Floor Mat isolates and minimizes structure-borne noise from transferring to adjacent areas or rooms. Refer to product packaging for complete installation instructions.

Typical Physical PropertiesProperty Test Method Value

Compressive Strength, Vertical Direction ASTM D 3575 93 Suffi x D @ 25%/50% 720/1800 (psf )

Compression Set (50% defl ection requires a loading of 1800 psf )

ASTM D 3575 93 Suffi x B 19% (81% Recovery)

Nominal Density ASTM C 303 2.2 (pcf )

Water Absorption ASTM D 3575 93 Suffi x L <0.1 (psf )

Thermal Resistance R-Value ASTM C 518 85 1.3 (Hr•Ft.2•°F/BTU)

Surface Burning CharateristicsFlame SpreadSmoke Developed

ASTM E 841

2050

1ASTM E84 is a standard used to measure and describe the properties of materials, products or assemblies in response to heat and fl ame under controlled laboratory conditions using proper construction techniques and assembly. Improper installation can adversely affect fi re performance.

Technical DataProperty Test Method

Material Polyethylene foam with an anti-static agent

Package Form Roll

Length 35 ft.

Width 4 ft.

Area 140 Sq. Ft.

Thickness 3∕8 in. (9.5mm)

Roll Diameter 14 in.

Roll Weight 10.25 lbs.

Specifi cationSound rated fl oor material shall be 3∕8” (9.5mm) thick closed cell polyethylene foam with an anti-static agent.The sound rated material shall be QuietZone Acoustic Floor mat as supplied by Owens Corning.

Noble Company, NobleBond 21 Adhesive following manufacturers instructionsNoble Company, NobleBond CIS Crack Suppression Membrane following manufacturer’s instructions

local requirements affecting installation of all building components.

residential applications like theaters or laundry rooms ideal areas for noise controtreatment.

OWENS CORNING INSULATING SYSTEMS, LLCONE OWENS CORNING PARKWAY TOLEDO, OHIO 436591-800-GET-PINK™ www.owenscorning.com

Pub. No. 102322-B. Printed in U.S.A. January 2008. THE PINK PANTHER™ & ©1964-2008 Metro-Goldwyn-Mayer Studios Inc. All Rights Reserved. The co lor P INK is a registered t rademark of Owens Corn ing.©2008 Owens Corning.



Product Data Sheet

EcoTouch® Sound Attenuation Battswith PureFiber® Technology

Description

EcoTouch® Sound Attenuation Batts (SABs) are unfaced, lightweight, fl exible fi berglass insulation batts, designed to deliver noise control in metal stud wall cavities of interior partitions. Manufactured to fi t metal framing, they come in 2½" and 3½" thicknesses, with lengths of 8.'

Product Attributes

Excellent Acoustical Performance Sound Attenuation Batts provide excellent acoustical performance for metal framed interior partitions. Depending on the construction method and components used, SABs can improve STC (Sound Transmission Class) ratings by 4-10 points over an empty cavity.

Easy to Install and Fabricate Sound Attenuation Batts are 1⁄8" wider than stud spacing for easy friction-fi t installation. No adhesives or fasteners are required. Supplementary support should be provided when the SABs do not fi ll the cavity or if one side of the cavity is left open and the partition is 8' or higher. SABs are easily cut to fi t around wires, outlets, junction boxes, pipes and other obstructions. Friction fi t installation and easy fabrication, improves installation speed and workmanship. Acoustic performance of a wall assembly can be affected by workmanship and attention to detail while constructing a wall. Data on acoustic performance of specifi c wall assemblies is available on page 2.

Reality of Sound Transmission Class (STC). STC is a method of rating airborne sound transmission performance of a wall or fl oor assembly. It is intended as a quick screening tool to compare different wall or fl oor assemblies. STC ratings are determined in a laboratory under controlled conditions. Even then, differences of 1-2 points STC can occur for the same assembly in the same laboratory. In the fi eld, fl anking noise, quality of material and construction practices can lead to widely varied STCs for the same assembly. Typically a two (2) or more point change in STC is necessary to notice an audible difference.

Product ComparisonIndependent ASTM E90-1990 testing was used to determine Sound Transmission Class in accordance with ASTM E413 for several types of building insulation. All the testing was done at the same lab, using the same individually tested components, to give the most reproducible

results. The results show that insulating the cavity is critical to acoustic performance. It also shows that the type of insulation does not signifi cantly affect the performance of the assembly.

Design ConsiderationsAcoustical performance of metal stud interior partitions can be substantially affected by a number of important design and construction details. Important details include:

1. Seal the bottom plate and any wall penetrations with non-hardening permanently resilient sealant.

2. Location and attachment of outlets, ducts and mechanical equipment. Plumbing should be designed to allow for expansion and contraction. Pipes should also be isolated from structure using resilient mounts.

3. Use solid core wood or metal doors for best noise control. Depending on HVAC requirements, weather-stripping may be used around the door to reduce sound transmission.

Acoustic Comparison of Cavity Insulation TypesGypsum Board Insulation Type Test Number STC

One layer each side.

5⁄8" None TL-92-618 38

5⁄8" Glass fi ber TL-93-325 49

5⁄8" Mineral fi ber TL-93-327 47

5⁄8" Cellulose (spray) TL-93-049 45

One layer one side, two layers the other side

5⁄8" Glass fi ber TL-92-420 52

5⁄8" Mineral fi ber TL-93-329 53

5⁄8" Cellulose (spray) TL-93-050 49

5⁄8" Cellulose (blown) TL-92-437 49

35⁄8" 25 Gauge Non Load Bearing Studs at 16" on center NRC-CNRC Internal Report IRC-IR-693, October 1995

Available SizesThickness Width Length

2½ " 16"/24" (406mm/609mm) 96"

3½ " 16"/24" (406mm/609mm) 96"

Product Data Sheet

EcoTouch® Sound Attenuation Battswith PureFiber® Technology

Fire SafetySound Attenuation Batts are considered non-combustible when tested in accordance with ASTM E136. They are rated at 10 fl ame spread and 10 smoke developed when tested in accordance with ASTM E84. Wall assemblies with SAB installed in the cavities can achieve up to a 2 hour fi re resistance rating when tested in accordance with ASTM E119.

Special Due to the potential for skin irritation Sound Attenuation Batts should not be used in open cavities that will be subject to human contact. If specifying for an open cavity, remember to use supplemental support for heights over 8.'

Product should be kept dry during shipping, storage and installation.


Sound Attenuation Batt Insulation is manufactured in compliance with ASTM C665 Type I. Laws regulating the New York City Materials and Equipment Acceptance (MEA) Division have been repealed. Federal Specifi cation HH-I-521F has been canceled and is replaced by ASTM C665.

Surface Burning Characteristics/Building Code Construction Classifi cation1

Products Flame Spread Smoke Developed ICBO BOCA SBCCI ICC

Unfaced 10 10 All Types All Types All Types All Types

1. Sound Attenuation Batt Insulation complies with ICBO (Uniform Building Code), BOCA (National Building Code) and SBCCI (Standard Building Code) and ICC (International Building Code) model code requirements for building costruction types listed above. Products are tested in accordance with Surface Burning Characteristics ASTM E84.

Water Absorption

Maximum by Volume Less than 0.05%

Dimensional Stability

Linear Shrinkage Less than 0.1%

Acoustic and Fire Ratings for Typical Steel Stud Partitions

STC Test No. Construction DescriptionFire Test

Fire Rating

Double Layer Wall System

56 W02184 ½ " Type “X” gypsum; 35⁄8" SS, 3½ " thick, EcoTouch® Sound Attenuation Batt Insulation

WP 1521† 2 Hr.

54 W03084 ½ " Type “X” gypsum; 2½ " SS, 2 ½ " thick, EcoTouch® Sound Attenuation Batt Insulation

WP 1546 2 Hr.

Unbalanced Wall System (2 layer/1 layer gypsum)

55 W02484 Unbalanced 5⁄8" Type “X” gypsum; 35⁄8" SS, 3½ " thick, EcoTouch® Sound Attenuation Batt Insulation

WP 1052 1 Hr.

52 W02884 Unbalanced 5⁄8" Type “X” gypsum; 2½ " SS, 2½ " thick, EcoTouch® Sound Attenuation Batt Insulation

UL U494 1 Hr.*

Unbalanced with Resilient Channel Wall System

58 RAL-TL90-345 5⁄8" Type “X” gypsum single layer, resilient channel, one side; double layer other side; 35⁄8" SS, 3½ " thick, EcoTouch® Sound Attenuation Batt Insulation

UL U465 1 Hr.*

Single Layer Wall System

50 RAL-TL89-157 Single Layer 5⁄8" Type “X” gypsum; 35⁄8" SS, 3½ " thick, EcoTouch® Sound Attenuation Batt Insulation

UL U465 1 Hr.

47 W05182 Single Layer 5⁄8" Type “X” gypsum; 2½ " SS, 2½ " thick, EcoTouch® Sound Attenuation Batt Insulation

UL U494 1 Hr.

Single Layer with Resilient Channel Wall System

54 RAL-TL90-344 Single layer, resilient channel, one side only; 5⁄8" Type “X” gypsum; 35⁄8" SS, 3½ " thick, EcoTouch® Sound Attenuation Batt Insulation

UL U465 1 Hr.*

†Listed in the Gypsum Association “Fire Resistance Design Manual”Key: SS = Steel Stud

Disclaimer of LiabilityTechnical information contained herein is furnished without charge or obligation and is given and accepted at recipient’s sole risk. Because conditions of use may vary and are beyond our control, Owens Corning makes no representation about, and is not responsible or liable for the accuracy or reliability of data associated with particular uses of any product described herein. Nothing contained in this bulletin shall be considered a recommendation.

The GREENGUARD INDOOR AIR QUALITY CERTIFIED mark is registered certifi cation mark used under license through the GREENGUARD Environmental Institute.

OWENS CORNING INSULATING SYSTEMS, LLCONE OWENS CORNING PARKWAYTOLEDO, OHIO 43659

1-800-GET-PINK®


Pub. No. 18141-S. Printed in U.S.A. January 2012. THE PINK PANTHER™ & ©1964-2012 Metro-Goldwyn-Mayer Studios Inc. All Rights Reserved. The color PINK is a registered trademark of Owens Corning. ©2012 Owens Corning.

Formaldehyde

FREE


EcoTouch® PINK® FIBERGLAS™ Insulation with PureFiber® Technology

Product Data Sheet

Description

Owens Corning™ EcoTouch® Insulation with PureFiber® Technology is fl exible insulation and is made in R-values from 11 to 38. EcoTouch® Insulation is available plain, or faced with either a kraft or foil vapor retarder. The product is manufactured in thicknesses from 3½ " to 12."

Uses

EcoTouch® Insulation can be used

in a wide range of exterior wall

and roof/ceiling applications. The

product can be installed in wood

or metal framing cavities, or can

be installed between furring strips.

Features and Benefi ts

Excellent Thermal ControlWith the range of R-values and thicknesses available, EcoTouch® Insulation can meet most thermal specifi cations with ease. The R30C and R38C provide excellent thermal performance in the limited space of cathedral ceilings.

Effective Acoustical ControlEcoTouch® Insulation enhances interior noise control by improving the Sound Transmission Class (STC) of walls and fl oor/ceiling assemblies.

Long Term PerformanceEcoTouch® Insulation is dimensionally stable and will not slump within the wall cavity. Due to its inorganic fi bers, EcoTouch® Insulation will not rot or mildew1 and is noncorrosive to steel, copper, and aluminum.

Easy InstallationEcoTouch® Insulation is easy to handle and install. Sized for installation in either wood or metal stud construction, EcoTouch® Insulation can either be friction-fi t or stapled into

place. Trimming and fabrication can be done with an ordinary utility knife and is easily installed into odd-shaped cavities and small spaces. With less dust than other fi berglass insulation products, EcoTouch® Insulation has excellent stiffness and recovery characteristics.2

Designed with the Environment in Mind EcoTouch® Insulation with PureFiber® Technology contains more than 99% natural3 ingredients, and includes a minimum of 58% total recycled content—the highest certifi ed recycled content available in the fi berglass industry.4 EcoTouch® Insulation is GREENGUARD Children & Schools certifi edSM and is verifi ed to be formaldehyde free.5

SpaceSaver Packaging EcoTouch® Insulation is compression packaged in exclusive SpaceSaver packaging from Owens Corning. SpaceSaver packaging reduces freight and speeds job site handling/installation.

Surface Burning Characteristics/Building Code Construction Classifi cationProducts Flame Spread Smoke Developed ICC

Unfaced <25 <50 All Types

Foil Faced <75 <150 III, IV, V

Kraft Faced N/R N/R III, IV, V

EcoTouch® Insulation complies with ICC (International Building Code), model code requirements for building construction types listed above.

Kraft and standard foil facing will burn. Do not leave exposed. Facing must be installed in substantial contact with an approved ceiling, fl oor or wall material. Keep open fl ame and other heat sources away from facing. Do not place insulation within 3" of light fi xtures or similar electrical devices unless device is labeled for contact with insulation. Use only unfaced insulation between wood framing and masonry chimneys. Do not use insulation in spaces around metal chimneys, fi replaces, or fl ues. EcoTouch® Unfaced insulation is considered non-combustible by model building codes. Flame Spread 25 products are fl ame spread rated and can be left exposed where codes allow. See package for warnings, fi re hazard and installation instructions, or call 1-800-GET-PINK.®

Due to the potential for skin irritation, EcoTouch® Unfaced Insulation should not be used for exposed applications where it will be subject to human contact.

®

Product Data Sheet



Kraft and standard foil facings on this insulation will burn and must not be left exposed. Install facings in substantial contact with the fi nish material. Protect from open fl ame or other heat source.

Buildings utilizing curtainwall construction may be required to be equipped with a sprinkler system to provide adequate fi re protection. Check local building codes for specifi c requirements.

Commercial roof/ceiling thermal applications require that the building envelope block the movement of air from the outdoor environment to the conditioned space. Neither the insulation nor its facing should be relied upon to provide an air barrier. Failure to provide an adequate air barrier could lead to loss of thermal control, discomfort of the building occupants and frozen pipes.

When insulation is added to the inside perimeter of a structure, the area outside the insulation becomes exposed to greater temperature extremes. Building structures should be inspected to ensure they can withstand the additional expansion and contraction forces. Check for piping which should be protected against freezing.

The need for and placement of a vapor retarder in commercial construction depends on many factors. The architect or specifi er should evaluate the requirements of each project. If a vapor retarder is specifi ed, maintaining the facing integrity may be important for

Product DataKraft Foil

Available Vapor Retarder Facings, Perms Maximum1 1 0.5

Water Absorption, Maximum by Volume Less than 0.05%

Dimensional Stability, Linear Shrinkage Less than 0.1%

1. Products are tested in accordance:R-Value ASTM C518Surface Burning Characteristics ASTM E84Perm Rating ASTM E96

R-values differ. Find out why in the seller’s fact sheet on R-values. Higher R-values mean greater insulating power.

EcoTouch® Insulation Technical Data—Wall or Roof/Floor/CeilingWidth Length Thickness R-Value1

Metal Frame Construction

16" (406mm) 24" (609mm) 48" (1,219mm) 96" (2,438mm) 3½ " (89mm) 11

16" (406mm) 24" (609mm) 48" (1,219mm) 96" (2,438mm) 3½ " (89mm) 13

16" (406mm) 24" (609mm) 96" (2,438mm) 3½ " (89mm) 15

16" (406mm) 24" (609mm) 48" (1,219mm) 96" (2,438mm) 6¼ " (159mm) 19

16" (406mm) 24" (609mm) 96" (2,438mm) 5½ " (139mm) 21

Wood Frame Construction Walls

15" (381mm) 23" (584mm) 48" (1,219mm) 93" (2,362mm) 3½ " (89mm) 11

15" (381mm) 23" (584mm) 48" (1,219mm) 93" (2,362mm) 3½ " (89mm) 13

15" (381mm) 23" (584mm) 93" (2,362mm) 3½ " (89mm) 15

15" (381mm) 19¼ " 23" (584mm) 48" (1,219mm) 93" (2,362mm) 6¼ " (159mm) 19

15" (381mm) 23" (584mm) 93" (2,362mm) 5½ " (139mm) 21

Roof/Floor/Ceiling

15" (381mm) 19¼ " 23" (584mm) 48" (1,219mm) 93" (2,362mm) 6¼ " (159mm) 19

15" (381mm) 23" (584mm) 48" (1,219mm) 6¾ " (171mm) 22

15" (381mm) 23" (584mm) 48" (1,219mm) 8" (203mm) 25

15½ " (394mm) 23¾ " (603mm) 48" (1,219mm) 8¼ " (209mm) 30

16" (406mm) 19¼ " 24" (609mm) 48" (1,219mm) 9½ " (241mm) 30

15½ " (394mm) 23¾ " (603mm) 48" (1,219mm) 10¼ " (260mm) 38

16" (406mm) 24" (609mm) 48" (1,219mm) 12" (305mm) 38

EcoTouch® Unfaced Insulation complies with the property requirements of ASTM C665, Type I and ASTM E136. EcoTouch® Kraft-faced Insulation complies with ASTM C665, Type II, Class C. EcoTouch® Foil-faced Insulation complies with ASTM C665, Type III, Class B and C.

1. Higher R-values mean greater insulating power. Find out why in the seller's fact sheet on R-values.

Read This Before You BuyWhat you should know about R-Values

The chart shows the R-value of this insulation. R means resistance

to heat fl ow. The higher the R-value, the greater the insulating power.

Compare insulation R-values before you buy.

There are other factors to consider. The amount of insulation you

need depends mainly on the climate, the type and size of your home,

and your fuel use patterns and family size. If you buy too much insulation,

it will cost you more than you’ll save on fuel.

To get the marked R-value, it is essential that this insulation

be installed properly.


Product Data Sheet

effective moisture/humidity control. Repair any punctures or tears in the facing by taping. Follow the tape manufacturer’s application recommendations.

Insulation installed too close to light fi xtures may affect the luminaire’s performance. Do not install insulation on top of or within 3" of recessed light fi xtures unless the fi xtures are approved for such use. This is a requirement of the National Electrical Code.

Due to the potential for skin irritation, EcoTouch® Unfaced Insulation should not be used for exposed applications where it will be subject to human contact.

Installation

Between Wood Studs/RaftersEcoTouch® Insulation fi ts between studs. If required, the fl anges can be stapled to either the face or the side of the stud every 8–12" to prevent gaping or “fi shmouthing” of the vapor retarder.

EcoTouch® Unfaced insulation can be friction-fi t between studs after the cover material has been installed on one side of the cavity. Use wire or metal straps to hold insulation in place in applications without a cover material, or where the insulation does not fi ll the depth of the cavity.

Cathedral ceiling products (R3OC and R38C) are intended to be friction-fi t between rafters. Cathedral ceiling insulation should be installed to provide a minimum 1" ventilation passageway between the roof deck and insulation. (See

Figure 1) It is recommended to use a vent baffl e to assure proper clearance.

Between Metal StudsEcoTouch® Insulation can be friction-fi t in place until the interior fi nish is applied. Insulation should fi ll the cavity and the wall should eventually be closed on both sides. (See Figure 2)

In areas where it will be applied in heights over 8', use wire or metal straps to hold the product in place until the interior fi nish is applied. When faced insulation is used, the attachment fl anges may be taped to the face of the metal stud prior to applying the interior fi nish. Wire or metal straps should also be used to hold the product in place in applications without a cover material or where the stud depth is larger than the insulation thickness.

Furring StripsEcoTouch® Insulation can be applied between furring strips, hat channels, or Z-shaped furring in areas where a fi nish surface will be installed. Contact the furring strip manufacturer for appropriate fastening system.

Caution: FIBERGLAS™ insulation may cause temporary irritation to the skin, eyes and respiratory tract. Avoid contact with eyes and skin, wear loose-fi tting, long-sleeved clothing, gloves and eye protection when handling and applying the material. Wash with soap and warm water after handling. Wash work clothes separately and wipe out washer.

1" Ventilation

Passageway

Figure 1

Figure 2

Product Data Sheet



EcoTouch® Unfaced Insulation is manufactured in compliance with ASTM Standard Specifi cation C665 and is classifi ed noncombustible per ASTM E136. EcoTouch® Kraft-faced Insulation is manufactured in compliance with ASTM C665, Type II, Class C. EcoTouch® Foil-faced Insulation is manufactured in compliance with ASTM C665, Type III, Class B and C. Federal Specifi cation HH-I-521F has been canceled and is replaced by ASTM C665.

The thermal resistance values for EcoTouch® Insulation were tested in accordance with ASTM C518; R-value for insulation only.

The surface burning characteristics of EcoTouch® Insulation were derived from products tested in accordance with ASTM E84. This

standard is used solely to measure and describe properties of products in response to heat and fl ame under controlled laboratory conditions, and should not be used to describe or approve the fi re hazard of materials under actual fi re conditions. However, the results of these tests may be used as elements of a fi re risk assessment that takes into account all of the factors pertinent to an assessment of the fi re hazard of a particular end use. Values are reported to the nearest fi ve rating.

The vapor retarder permeance of the kraft and foil facings on EcoTouch® Insulation were developed from tests conducted in accordance with ASTM E96, desiccant method.

Notes1. As manufactured, FIBERGLAS™ insulation is

resistant to mold growth. However, mold growth can occur on building materials, including insulation, when it becomes contaminated with organic material and when water is present. To avoid mold growth on FIBERGLAS™ insulation, remove any water that has accumulated and correct or repair the source of the water as soon as possible. Insulation that has become wet should be inspected for evidence of residual moisture and contamination, and any insulation that is contaminated should be promptly removed and replaced.

2. According to 2010 clinical trial conducted in Toronto, Canada by Ducker Worldwide on behalf of Owens Corning Insulation Systems, LLC.

3. Unfaced insulation is made with a minimum of 99 percent by weight natural materials consisting of minerals and plant-based compounds.

4. Certifi ed by Scientifi c Certifi cations Systems to have a minimum of 58% recycled glass content, with at least 36% post-consumer recycled and the balance of pre-consumer recycled glass content.

5. Owens Corning™ EcoTouch® Unfaced FIBERGLAS™ insulation is verifi ed to be formaldehyde free by the GREENGUARD Environmental Institute.


1-800-GET-PINK®


Pub. No. 10013811-D. Printed in U.S.A. February 2013. THE PINK PANTHER™ & ©1964–2013 Metro-Goldwyn-Mayer Studios Inc. All Rights Reserved. The color PINK is a registered trademark of Owens Corning. © 2013 Owens Corning. All Rights Reserved.

Disclaimer of Liability


The GREENGUARD INDOOR AIR QUALITY CERTIFIED mark is a registered certifi cation mark used under license through the GREENGUARD Environmental Institute.

Formaldehyde

FREE

GREENGUARD Indoor Air Quality and GREENGUARD Children & SchoolsSM applies to EcoTouch® Unfaced Batts, EcoTouch® Faced Batts and Unbonded Loosefi ll Insulation. GREENGUARD Formaldehyde Free applies to EcoTouch® Unfaced Batts and Unbonded Loosefi ll Insulation.

GREENGUARD Children & SchoolsSM applies to Flame Spread 25 FSK Faced; Flame Spread 25 Extended Flanges PSK Faced; Sound Attenuation Batt Insulation; Sonobatts® Insulation Unfaced; Sonobatts® Insulation Kraft-Faced and Metal Building Insulation.

SCS 58% recycled content applies to EcoTouch® Unfaced Batts and Rolls, EcoTouch® Faced Batts and Rolls, Loosefi ll Insulation, Metal Building Insulation products and Flexible Air Handling products.

Applies to EcoTouch® Unfaced Insulation

Energy tax credit is for qualifi ed energy-effi ciency improvements. Consult your tax advisor or visit www.energystar.gov for more information.


http://www.energystar.gov

9DIVISION

OWENS CORNING INSULATING SYSTEMS, LLC ONE OWENS CORNING PARKWAY

TOLEDO, OHIO, USA 43659

1-800-GET-PINK®

www.owenscorningcommercial.com

Pub. No. 10018081. Printed in U.S.A. February 2013. THE PINK PANTHER™ & ©1964–2013 Metro-Goldwyn-Mayer Studios Inc.

All Rights Reserved. The color PINK® is a registered trademark of Owens Corning. ©2013 Owens Corning. All Rights Reserved.

http://www.owenscorningcommercial.com

Download - Finishes Manufacturer's Product Guide

Top Related